/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.6.12.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% are more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines
** the programming interface to the SQLite library.  (If you do not have 
** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy in the first
** 5487 lines past this header comment.)  Additional code files may be
** needed if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of
** programming language.  The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell
** is also in a separate file.  This file contains only code for the core
** SQLite library.
**
** This amalgamation was generated on 2009-03-31 13:00:09 UTC.
*/
#define SQLITE_CORE 1
#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE
# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_API
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqliteInt.h,v 1.848 2009/03/25 16:51:43 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
#define _SQLITEINT_H_

/*
** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
** autoconf-based build
................................................................................
#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)+\
    defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE)+defined(SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE)+\
    defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE)==0
# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
#endif

/*
** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is defined, then try to keep the
** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
#endif

/*
** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems.  But Mac OS X is different.
** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told,
................................................................................
*/
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
# define TESTONLY(X)  X
#else
# define TESTONLY(X)
#endif















/*
** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which 
** are intended to always be true or false, respectively.  Such
** expressions could be omitted from the code completely.  But they
** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
................................................................................
# define likely(X)    __builtin_expect((X),1)
# define unlikely(X)  __builtin_expect((X),0)
#else
# define likely(X)    !!(X)
# define unlikely(X)  !!(X)
#endif

/*
** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization
** to setup for a later assert() statement.  We do not want this code to
** appear when assert() is disabled.  The following macro is therefore
** used to contain that setup code.  The "VVA" acronym stands for
** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation".  In other words, the
** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
# define VVA_ONLY(X)  X
#else
# define VVA_ONLY(X)
#endif

/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/
/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
................................................................................
** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
**
** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
** part of the build process.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqlite.h.in,v 1.436 2009/03/20 13:15:30 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
#define _SQLITE3_H_
#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */

/*
** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
................................................................................
** The Z value is the release number and is incremented with
** each release but resets back to 0 whenever Y is incremented.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()] and [sqlite3_libversion_number()].
**
** Requirements: [H10011] [H10014]
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION         "3.6.12"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER  3006012

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {H10020} <S60100>
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version
**
** These features provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION]
** and [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] #defines in the header, but are associated
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))

#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8) )

/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations {H10230} <H11120> <H12700>
**
** These bit values are intended for use in the
** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
................................................................................
**
** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
** these integer values as the second argument.
**
** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
** information need not be flushed. The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL flag means
** to use normal fsync() semantics. The SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flag means

** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
*/
#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010

/*
................................................................................
**
** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  Only an effective call
** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
** are harmless no-ops.





**
** Among other things, sqlite3_initialize() shall invoke
** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, sqlite3_shutdown()
** shall invoke sqlite3_os_end().
**
** The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
** If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
................................................................................
** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
** Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
** or [DELETE] statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
** triggers are not counted. Use the [sqlite3_total_changes()] function
** to find the total number of changes including changes caused by triggers.



**
** A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
** are changed as side effects of REPLACE constraint resolution,
** rollback, ABORT processing, DROP TABLE, or by any other
** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.
**
** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and

** ends with the script of a trigger.  Most SQL statements are
** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
**
** Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
** not create a new trigger context.
................................................................................
** that also occurred at the top level.  Within the body of a trigger,
** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
** statement within the body of the same trigger.
** However, the number returned does not include changes
** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.
**
** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
** by dropping and recreating the table.  Doing so is much faster than going
** through and deleting individual elements from the table.  Because of this
** optimization, the deletions in "DELETE FROM table" are not row changes and
** will not be counted by the sqlite3_changes() or [sqlite3_total_changes()]
** functions, regardless of the number of elements that were originally
** in the table.  To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.  Or recompile using the
** [SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION] compile-time option to disable the
** optimization on all queries.

**
** Requirements:
** [H12241] [H12243]
**
** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified {H12260} <S10600>
**
** This function returns the number of row changes caused by INSERT,
** UPDATE or DELETE statements since the [database connection] was opened.
** The count includes all changes from all trigger contexts.  However,

** the count does not include changes used to implement REPLACE constraints,
** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or DROP table processing.



** The changes are counted as soon as the statement that makes them is
** completed (when the statement handle is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or
** [sqlite3_finalize()]).
**
** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
** through and deleting individual elements from the table.)  Because of this
** optimization, the deletions in "DELETE FROM table" are not row changes and
** will not be counted by the sqlite3_changes() or [sqlite3_total_changes()]
** functions, regardless of the number of elements that were originally
** in the table.  To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.   Or recompile using the
** [SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION] compile-time option to disable the
** optimization on all queries.
**
** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface.

**
** Requirements:
** [H12261] [H12263]
**
** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
................................................................................
** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
**
** An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
** If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
** will be rolled back automatically.
**








** A call to sqlite3_interrupt() has no effect on SQL statements
** that are started after sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
**
** Requirements:
** [H12271] [H12272]
**
** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
** is running then bad things will likely happen.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete {H10510} <S70200>
**
** These routines are useful for command-line input to determine if the
** currently entered text seems to form complete a SQL statement or
** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
** SQLite for parsing.  These routines return true if the input string
** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  A statement is judged to be
** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a fragment of a
** CREATE TRIGGER statement.  Semicolons that are embedded within
** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.




**
** These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.






**
** Requirements: [H10511] [H10512]
**
** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
** UTF-8 string.
**
** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
................................................................................
** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
**
** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
** requested is ok.  When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
** access is denied.  If the authorizer code is [SQLITE_READ]
** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
** columns of a table.
**
** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. The second parameter
** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
** the particular action to be authorized. The third through sixth parameters
** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
** details about the action to be authorized.
**











** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
................................................................................
** When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
** statement might be reprepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
**
** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()].


**
** Requirements:
** [H12501] [H12502] [H12503] [H12504] [H12505] [H12506] [H12507] [H12510]
** [H12511] [H12512] [H12520] [H12521] [H12522]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
  sqlite3*,
................................................................................
** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement {H13010} <S10000>
** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
**
** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
** program using one of these routines.
**
** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
** prior call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or [sqlite3_open16()].

**
** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
** use UTF-16.
**
** If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
................................................................................
** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
** the nul-terminator bytes.
**
** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the
** first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only compile the first
** statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains
** uncompiled.
**
** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
** to NULL.  If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
** {A13018} The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.

**
** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned, otherwise an [error code] is returned.
**
** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
** In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
................................................................................
**
** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
** and a UTF-16 string for sqlite3_create_collation16(). In all cases
** the name is passed as the second function argument.
**
** The third argument may be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8],
** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied
** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
** UTF-16 little-endian, or UTF-16 big-endian, respectively. The
** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] to indicate that


** the routine expects pointers to 16-bit word aligned strings
** of UTF-16 in the native byte order of the host computer.
**
** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
** argument.  If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore).
** Each time the application supplied function is invoked, it is passed
** as its first parameter a copy of the void* passed as the fourth argument
** to sqlite3_create_collation() or sqlite3_create_collation16().
................................................................................
** except that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for
** the collation.  The destructor is called when the collation is
** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer
** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2().
** Collations are destroyed when they are overridden by later calls to the
** collation creation functions or when the [database connection] is closed
** using [sqlite3_close()].


**
** Requirements:
** [H16603] [H16604] [H16606] [H16609] [H16612] [H16615] [H16618] [H16621]
** [H16624] [H16627] [H16630]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
  sqlite3*, 
................................................................................
**
** If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory.  If this variable
** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
** temporary file directory.
**
** It is not safe to modify this variable once a [database connection]



** has been opened.  It is intended that this variable be set once
** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
** routines have been call and remain unchanged thereafter.











*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode {H12930} <S60200>
** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
**
................................................................................
typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object {H18000} <S20400>
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** A module is a class of virtual tables.  Each module is defined
** by an instance of the following structure.  This structure consists
** mostly of methods for the module.
**
** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
** removal in future releases of SQLite.





*/
struct sqlite3_module {
  int iVersion;
  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
               int argc, const char *const*argv,
               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
................................................................................

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information {H18100} <S20400>
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to
** pass information into and receive the reply from the xBestIndex
** method of an sqlite3_module.  The fields under **Inputs** are the
** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
** results into the **Outputs** fields.
**
** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
**
** <pre>column OP expr</pre>
**
................................................................................
** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
** The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms in the correct
** form that refer to the particular virtual table being queried.
**
** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
**
** The xBestIndex method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  If argvIndex>0 then
** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  If aConstraintUsage[].omit
** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.
**
** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into xFilter.


** sqlite3_free() is used to free idxPtr if needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
**
** The orderByConsumed means that output from xFilter will occur in
** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
** sorting step is required.
**
** The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
** particular lookup.  A full scan of a table with N entries should have
** a cost of N.  A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
** cost of approximately log(N).
**
** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
** removal in future releases of SQLite.
*/
struct sqlite3_index_info {
  /* Inputs */
  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18200} <S20400>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** This routine is used to register a new module name with a
** [database connection].  Module names must be registered before
** creating new virtual tables on the module, or before using
** preexisting virtual tables of the module.
**
** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
** removal in future releases of SQLite.








*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module(
  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
  void *                     /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18210} <S20400>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** This routine is identical to the [sqlite3_create_module()] method above,
** except that it allows a destructor function to be specified. It is
** even more experimental than the rest of the virtual tables API.


*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
  void *,                    /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object {H18010} <S20400>
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
** to describe a particular instance of the module.  Each subclass will

** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
** common to all module implementations.
**
** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  After the error message
** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.  Note
** that sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_free() are used on the zErrMsg field
** since virtual tables are commonly implemented in loadable extensions which
** do not have access to sqlite3MPrintf() or sqlite3Free().
**
** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
** removal in future releases of SQLite.
*/
struct sqlite3_vtab {
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
  int nRef;                       /* Used internally */
  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object  {H18020} <S20400>
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
** to describe cursors that point into the virtual table and are used

** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the



** xOpen method of the module.  Each module implementation will define
** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
**
** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
** are common to all implementations.
**
** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
** removal in future releases of SQLite.
*/
struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table {H18280} <S20400>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** The xCreate and xConnect methods of a module use the following API

** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
** the virtual tables they implement.
**
** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
** removal in future releases of SQLite.
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table {H18300} <S20400>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions

** using the xFindFunction method.  But global versions of those functions
** must exist in order to be overloaded.
**
** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
** before this API is called, a new function is created.  The implementation
** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
** by virtual tables.
**
** This API should be considered part of the virtual table interface,
** which is experimental and subject to change.
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);

/*
** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
** used in SQLite.
**
** $Id: hash.h,v 1.12 2008/10/10 17:41:29 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_

/* Forward declarations of structures. */
typedef struct Hash Hash;
typedef struct HashElem HashElem;

/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
** this structure opaque.













*/
struct Hash {
  unsigned int copyKey: 1;  /* True if copy of key made on insert */
  unsigned int htsize : 31; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
  unsigned int count;       /* Number of entries in this table */
  HashElem *first;          /* The first element of the array */
  struct _ht {              /* the hash table */
    int count;                 /* Number of entries with this hash */
    HashElem *chain;           /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
  } *ht;
};
................................................................................
/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
** be opaque because it is used by macros.
*/
struct HashElem {
  HashElem *next, *prev;   /* Next and previous elements in the table */
  void *data;              /* Data associated with this element */
  void *pKey; int nKey;    /* Key associated with this element */
};

/*
** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int copyKey);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
SQLITE_PRIVATE HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);

/*
** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
** like this:
**
**   Hash h;
................................................................................
**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
**     // do something with pData
**   }
*/
#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
#define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)

/*
** Number of entries in a hash table
*/
#define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count)

#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */

/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
................................................................................
#define ROUND8(x)     (((x)+7)&~7)

/*
** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8
*/
#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)






/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
**
** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
** of what each interface routine does.
**
** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.111 2009/03/18 10:33:01 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _BTREE_H_
#define _BTREE_H_

/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
** needs to be revisited.
*/
................................................................................
#define BTREE_READWRITE    16  /* Open for both reading and writing */
#define BTREE_CREATE       32  /* Create the database if it does not exist */

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
................................................................................
  int bias,
  int *pRes
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
                                  const void *pData, int nData,
                                  int nZero, int bias);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures.  So make the
** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
#ifndef NDEBUG
  /* This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
#endif



SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
#ifndef NDEBUG
  /* This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*);
#else
# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
#ifndef NDEBUG
  /* This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */
# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1

#endif



# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
#ifndef NDEBUG
  /* This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */
# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
#endif
# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(X,Y)



#endif


#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */

/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
................................................................................
*************************************************************************
** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
**
** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
**
** $Id: vdbe.h,v 1.140 2009/02/19 14:39:25 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_

/*
** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
................................................................................
#define OP_SCopy                                9
#define OP_Eq                                  74   /* same as TK_EQ       */
#define OP_OpenWrite                           10
#define OP_NotNull                             72   /* same as TK_NOTNULL  */
#define OP_If                                  11
#define OP_ToInt                              142   /* same as TK_TO_INT   */
#define OP_String8                             94   /* same as TK_STRING   */
#define OP_VRowid                              12
#define OP_CollSeq                             13
#define OP_OpenRead                            14
#define OP_Expire                              15
#define OP_AutoCommit                          16
#define OP_Gt                                  75   /* same as TK_GT       */
#define OP_Pagecount                           17
#define OP_IntegrityCk                         18
#define OP_Sort                                20
#define OP_Copy                                21
#define OP_Trace                               22
#define OP_Function                            23
#define OP_IfNeg                               24
#define OP_And                                 67   /* same as TK_AND      */
#define OP_Subtract                            85   /* same as TK_MINUS    */
#define OP_Noop                                25
#define OP_Return                              26
#define OP_Remainder                           88   /* same as TK_REM      */
#define OP_NewRowid                            27
#define OP_Multiply                            86   /* same as TK_STAR     */
#define OP_Variable                            28
#define OP_String                              29
#define OP_RealAffinity                        30
#define OP_VRename                             31
#define OP_ParseSchema                         32
#define OP_VOpen                               33
#define OP_Close                               34
#define OP_CreateIndex                         35
#define OP_IsUnique                            36
#define OP_NotFound                            37
#define OP_Int64                               38
#define OP_MustBeInt                           39
#define OP_Halt                                40
#define OP_Rowid                               41
#define OP_IdxLT                               42
#define OP_AddImm                              43
#define OP_Statement                           44
#define OP_RowData                             45
#define OP_MemMax                              46
#define OP_Or                                  66   /* same as TK_OR       */
#define OP_NotExists                           47
#define OP_Gosub                               48
#define OP_Divide                              87   /* same as TK_SLASH    */
#define OP_Integer                             49
#define OP_ToNumeric                          141   /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
#define OP_Prev                                50
#define OP_RowSetRead                          51
#define OP_Concat                              89   /* same as TK_CONCAT   */
#define OP_RowSetAdd                           52
#define OP_BitAnd                              80   /* same as TK_BITAND   */
#define OP_VColumn                             53
#define OP_CreateTable                         54
#define OP_Last                                55
#define OP_SeekLe                              56
#define OP_IsNull                              71   /* same as TK_ISNULL   */
#define OP_IncrVacuum                          57
#define OP_IdxRowid                            58
#define OP_ShiftRight                          83   /* same as TK_RSHIFT   */
#define OP_ResetCount                          59
#define OP_ContextPush                         60
#define OP_Yield                               61
#define OP_DropTrigger                         62
#define OP_DropIndex                           63
#define OP_IdxGE                               64
#define OP_IdxDelete                           65
#define OP_Vacuum                              68
#define OP_IfNot                               69
#define OP_DropTable                           70
#define OP_SeekLt                              79
#define OP_MakeRecord                          90
#define OP_ToBlob                             140   /* same as TK_TO_BLOB  */
#define OP_ResultRow                           91
#define OP_Delete                              92
#define OP_AggFinal                            95
#define OP_Compare                             96
#define OP_ShiftLeft                           82   /* same as TK_LSHIFT   */
#define OP_Goto                                97
#define OP_TableLock                           98
#define OP_Clear                               99
#define OP_Le                                  76   /* same as TK_LE       */
#define OP_VerifyCookie                       100
#define OP_AggStep                            101
#define OP_ToText                             139   /* same as TK_TO_TEXT  */
#define OP_Not                                 19   /* same as TK_NOT      */
#define OP_ToReal                             143   /* same as TK_TO_REAL  */
#define OP_SetNumColumns                      102
#define OP_Transaction                        103
#define OP_VFilter                            104
#define OP_Ne                                  73   /* same as TK_NE       */
#define OP_VDestroy                           105
#define OP_ContextPop                         106
#define OP_BitOr                               81   /* same as TK_BITOR    */
#define OP_Next                               107
#define OP_Count                              108
#define OP_IdxInsert                          109
#define OP_Lt                                  77   /* same as TK_LT       */
#define OP_SeekGe                             110
#define OP_Insert                             111
#define OP_Destroy                            112
#define OP_ReadCookie                         113

#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       114
#define OP_Explain                            115
#define OP_HaltIfNull                         116
#define OP_OpenPseudo                         117
#define OP_OpenEphemeral                      118
#define OP_Null                               119
#define OP_Move                               120
................................................................................
#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002  /* out2-prerelease: */
#define OPFLG_IN1             0x0004  /* in1:   P1 is an input */
#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0008  /* in2:   P2 is an input */
#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */
#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0020  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x08, 0x02, 0x00,\
/*   8 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  16 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x04, 0x01, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  24 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x04, 0x00,\
/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x05,\
/*  40 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x11,\
/*  48 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x01, 0x21, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01,\
/*  56 */ 0x11, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  64 */ 0x11, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x05,\
/*  72 */ 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x11,\
/*  80 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\
/*  88 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00,\
/*  96 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 104 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x08, 0x11, 0x00,\
/* 112 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00,\
/* 128 */ 0x11, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\
}

/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,
                                        UnpackedRecord*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);


#ifndef NDEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
**
** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.100 2009/02/03 16:51:25 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

#ifndef _PAGER_H_
#define _PAGER_H_

/*
** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative 
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 

/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);

................................................................................
** statements.
*/
struct Schema {
  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
  Hash aFKey;          /* Foreign keys indexed by to-table */
  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this schema */
  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  sqlite3 *db;         /* "Owner" connection. See comment above */
................................................................................
  int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
  int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */
  u8 isTransactionSavepoint;    /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER 
  ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. 







  */
  sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
  sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */
  void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */
  sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
#endif
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x00004000 /* For shared-cache mode */
#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00010000  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00020000  /* Enable load_extension */

#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00040000  /* Ignore schema errors */
#define SQLITE_SharedCache    0x00080000  /* Cache sharing is enabled */
#define SQLITE_Vtab           0x00100000  /* There exists a virtual table */
#define SQLITE_CommitBusy     0x00200000  /* In the process of committing */
#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00400000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */

/*
** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
** than being distinct from one another.
................................................................................
**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
**     );
**
** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
**
** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
** the from-table is created.  The existence of the to-table is not checked
** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table.
**
** The sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure
** given the name of a to-table.  For each to-table, all foreign keys
** associated with that table are on a linked list using the FKey.pNextTo
** field.
*/
struct FKey {
  Table *pFrom;     /* The table that contains the REFERENCES clause */
  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to */
  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */
  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
  struct sColMap {  /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
    int iFrom;         /* Index of column in pFrom */
    char *zCol;        /* Name of column in zTo.  If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */
  } *aCol;          /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
  u8 isDeferred;    /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
  u8 updateConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */
  u8 deleteConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */
  u8 insertConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */




};

/*
** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
................................................................................
** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
** into its constituent fields.
*/
struct UnpackedRecord {
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
  u16 flags;          /* Boolean settings.  UNPACKED_... below */

  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
};

/*
** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags
*/
#define UNPACKED_NEED_FREE     0x0001  /* Memory is from sqlite3Malloc() */
#define UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY  0x0002  /* apMem[]s should all be destroyed */
#define UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID  0x0004  /* Ignore trailing rowid on key1 */
#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY       0x0008  /* Make this key an epsilon larger */
#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH  0x0010  /* A prefix match is considered OK */


/*
** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
** instance of the following structure.
**
** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
................................................................................
**
** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
** may contain random values.  Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn
** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
*/
struct Token {
  const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
  unsigned dyn  : 1;      /* True for malloced memory, false for static */

  unsigned n    : 31;     /* Number of characters in this token */
};

/*
** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
**
** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
................................................................................
**
** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
** corresponding table definition.
**
** ALLOCATION NOTES:
**
** Expr structures may be stored as part of the in-memory database schema,
** for example as part of trigger, view or table definitions. In this case,
** the amount of memory consumed by complex expressions may be significant.
** For this reason, less than sizeof(Expr) bytes may be allocated for some 
** Expr structs stored as part of the in-memory database schema.
**
** If the EP_Reduced flag is set in Expr.flags, then only EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE
** bytes of space are allocated for the expression structure. This is enough
** space to store all fields up to and including the "Token span;" field.
**
** If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in Expr.flags, then only EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE
** bytes of space are allocated for the expression structure. This is enough
** space to store all fields up to and including the "Token token;" field.
*/
struct Expr {
  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
  VVA_ONLY(u8 vvaFlags;) /* Flags used for VV&A only.  EVVA_* below. */
  u16 flags;             /* Various flags.  EP_* See below */
  Token token;           /* An operand token */
................................................................................
  /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. 
  *********************************************************************/

  Token span;            /* Complete text of the expression */

  /* If the EP_SpanOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. 
  *********************************************************************/

  Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */
  Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */
  union {
................................................................................
*/
#define EP_FromJoin   0x0001  /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
#define EP_Agg        0x0002  /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
#define EP_Resolved   0x0004  /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
#define EP_Error      0x0008  /* Expression contains one or more errors */
#define EP_Distinct   0x0010  /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
#define EP_VarSelect  0x0020  /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
#define EP_Dequoted   0x0040  /* True if the string has been dequoted */
#define EP_InfixFunc  0x0080  /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
#define EP_ExpCollate 0x0100  /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */
#define EP_AnyAff     0x0200  /* Can take a cached column of any affinity */
#define EP_FixedDest  0x0400  /* Result needed in a specific register */
#define EP_IntValue   0x0800  /* Integer value contained in iTable */
#define EP_xIsSelect  0x1000  /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */

#define EP_Reduced    0x2000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_TokenOnly  0x4000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_SpanOnly   0x8000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_SPANONLYSIZE bytes only */

/*
** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.vvaFlags field.
** This information is only used when SQLite is compiled with
** SQLITE_DEBUG defined.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
................................................................................
#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)

/*
** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr 
** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags 
** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set.
*/
#define EXPR_FULLSIZE           sizeof(Expr)
#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE        offsetof(Expr,iTable)

#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE      offsetof(Expr,span)
#define EXPR_SPANONLYSIZE       offsetof(Expr,pLeft)

/*
** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment 
** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details.
*/
#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE         0x0001
#define EXPRDUP_SPAN           0x0002
#define EXPRDUP_DISTINCTSPAN   0x0004

/*
** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
................................................................................
  ** a convenient place since there is one WhereLevel for each FROM clause
  ** element.
  */
  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;  /* Index info for n-th source table */
};

/*
** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin().

*/
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL   0x0000 /* No-op */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN      0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX      0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED  0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
#define WHERE_FILL_ROWSET      0x0008  /* Save results in a RowSet object */
#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN        0x0010  /* Table cursor are already open */
#define WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE       0x0020  /* Omit close of table & index cursors */


/*
** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
** into the second half to give some continuity.
*/
struct WhereInfo {
  Parse *pParse;       /* Parsing and code generating context */
  u16 wctrlFlags;      /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
  u8 okOnePass;        /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */
  int regRowSet;                 /* Store rowids in this rowset if >=0 */
  SrcList *pTabList;             /* List of tables in the join */
  int iTop;                      /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
  int iContinue;                 /* Jump here to continue with next record */
  int iBreak;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
  int nLevel;                    /* Number of nested loop */
  struct WhereClause *pWC;       /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
  WhereLevel a[1];               /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
................................................................................
  u8 eDest;         /* How to dispose of the results */
  u8 affinity;      /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
  int iParm;        /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
  int iMem;         /* Base register where results are written */
  int nMem;         /* Number of registers allocated */
};








/*
** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
**
** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
................................................................................
  int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */
  int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
  int ckBase;          /* Base register of data during check constraints */
  int disableColCache; /* True to disable adding to column cache */

  int nColCache;       /* Number of entries in the column cache */
  int iColCache;       /* Next entry of the cache to replace */
  struct yColCache {
    int iTable;           /* Table cursor number */
    int iColumn;          /* Table column number */
    char affChange;       /* True if this register has had an affinity change */


    int iReg;             /* Register holding value of this column */
  } aColCache[10];     /* One for each valid column cache entry */


  u32 writeMask;       /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
  u32 cookieMask;      /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
................................................................................
*/
struct AuthContext {
  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
};

/*
** Bitfield flags for P2 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete
*/
#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE   1    /* Set to update db->nChange */
#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 2    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE  4    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
#define OPFLAG_APPEND    8    /* This is likely to be an append */


/*
 * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
 * struct Trigger. 
 *
 * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
 * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
................................................................................

/*
** Internal function prototypes
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *, const char *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen(sqlite3*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int);
................................................................................
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DequoteExpr(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
#else
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse *, SrcList *, Expr *, ExprList *, Expr *, Expr *, char *);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**, u8, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(Parse*,int);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,int,
                                     int*,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenCopy(sqlite3*,Token*,const Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
#else
# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L) 0

#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8*, const u8**);

/*
** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
** file.  Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions
** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which 
** the MACRO form does).
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, sqlite3_vtab *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);




/*
** Available fault injectors.  Should be numbered beginning with 0.
*/
#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC     0
#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1
................................................................................
** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
** functions for SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
**
** $Id: date.c,v 1.103 2009/02/04 03:59:25 shane Exp $
**
** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
** calendar system. 
**
** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
................................................................................
** as there is a year and date.
*/
static int parseDateOrTime(
  sqlite3_context *context, 
  const char *zDate, 
  DateTime *p
){

  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
    setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
    return 0;
  }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
    double r;
    getValue(zDate, &r);
    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
    p->validJD = 1;
    return 0;
  }
  return 1;
................................................................................
      /*
      **    unixepoch
      **
      ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
      */
      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
        p->iJD = p->iJD/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        rc = 0;
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
      else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
        sqlite3_int64 c1;
        computeJD(p);
................................................................................
          sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
          j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        case 'm':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
        case 'M':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
        case 's': {
          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%d",
                           (int)(x.iJD/1000.0 - 210866760000.0));
          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        case 'S':  sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
        case 'w': {
          z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0';
          break;
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
**
** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.61 2009/03/24 15:08:10 drh Exp $
*/

/*
** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the
** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap
** limit.
*/
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
  char *zNew;
  size_t n;
  if( z==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  n = (db ? sqlite3Strlen(db, z) : sqlite3Strlen30(z))+1;
  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
  if( zNew ){
    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
  }
  return zNew;
}
................................................................................
/*
** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
**
** $Id: printf.c,v 1.99 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $
**
**************************************************************************
**
** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
** found in the standard C library.  The following enhancements are
** supported:
**
................................................................................
                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
#define etTOKEN      12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
#define etSRCLIST    13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
#define etPOINTER    14 /* The %p conversion */
#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
#define etORDINAL    16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.  English only */




/*
** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
*/
typedef unsigned char etByte;

/*
................................................................................
  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
#endif
  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },



  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
  {  'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
};

/*
** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
................................................................................
      }else{
        flag_longlong = 0;
      }
    }else{
      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
    }
    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
    infop = 0;

    for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){
      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
        if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
          xtype = infop->type;
        }else{
          return;
        }
        break;
      }
    }
    zExtra = 0;
    if( infop==0 ){
      return;
    }


    /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
    if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){
      precision = etBUFSIZE-40;
    }

................................................................................
        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
        /* Fall through into the next case */
      case etORDINAL:
      case etRADIX:
        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
          i64 v;
          if( flag_longlong )   v = va_arg(ap,i64);


          else if( flag_long )  v = va_arg(ap,long int);

          else                  v = va_arg(ap,int);

          if( v<0 ){
            longvalue = -v;
            prefix = '-';
          }else{
            longvalue = v;
            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
            else                       prefix = 0;
          }
        }else{

          if( flag_longlong )   longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);

          else if( flag_long )  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);

          else                  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);

          prefix = 0;
        }
        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
        }
        bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
................................................................................
        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase, -1);
          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
        }
        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zName, -1);
        length = width = 0;
        break;




      }
    }/* End switch over the format type */
    /*
    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
    ** the output.
    */
................................................................................
  }/* End for loop over the format string */
} /* End of function */

/*
** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){

  if( p->tooBig | p->mallocFailed ){


    return;
  }
  if( N<0 ){
    N = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
  }
  if( N==0 || z==0 ){
    return;
  }
  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
    char *zNew;
    if( !p->useMalloc ){
      p->tooBig = 1;
      N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
................................................................................
** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  char *z;
  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
  StrAccum acc;

  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
                      db ? db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] : SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
  acc.db = db;
  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap);
  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
  if( acc.mallocFailed && db ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
  }
  return z;
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
**
** $Id: utf.c,v 1.71 2009/03/31 03:41:57 shane Exp $
**
** Notes on UTF-8:
**
**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
................................................................................
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for information that is private to the
** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
** this header information was factored out.
**
** $Id: vdbeInt.h,v 1.166 2009/03/18 10:33:02 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
#define _VDBEINT_H_

/*
** intToKey() and keyToInt() used to transform the rowid.  But with
** the latest versions of the design they are no-ops.
................................................................................
  char *pData;          /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
  i64 iKey;             /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
  int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */





  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheValid is true.
  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
  ** be NULL.
  */
  int cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p);
#endif







SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
................................................................................
    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
  }                                                                 \
}

#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){                                         \
  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                       \
    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
    if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD;                             \
  }                                                                   \
}

#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){                                         \
  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                       \
    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
    if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD;                             \
  }                                                                   \
}

/*
** Translate a single UTF-8 character.  Return the unicode value.
**
** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
................................................................................
      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
    }                                                      \
    if( c<0x80                                             \
        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
  }
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(
  const unsigned char *z,         /* First byte of UTF-8 character */
  const unsigned char *zTerm,     /* Pretend this byte is 0x00 */
  const unsigned char **pzNext    /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */
){
  int c;
  READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, c);














  *pzNext = z;
  return c;
}




/*
................................................................................
** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
** changed by this function.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  u8 bom = 0;


  if( pMem->n<0 || pMem->n>1 ){
    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
    }
    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
................................................................................
**
** The translation is done in-place (since it is impossible for the
** correct UTF-8 encoding to be longer than a malformed encoding).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
  unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
  unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
  unsigned char *zTerm = &zIn[sqlite3Strlen30((char *)zIn)];
  u32 c;

  while( zIn[0] ){
    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn);
    if( c!=0xfffd ){
      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
    }
  }
  *zOut = 0;
  return (int)(zOut - zStart);
}
................................................................................
  }
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
  return (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? m.z : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, m.z);
}

/*
** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string. If nChar is less than zero,
** return the number of bytes up to (but not including), the first pair
** of consecutive 0x00 bytes in pZ. If nChar is not less than zero,
** then return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
** in pZ (or up until the first pair of 0x00 bytes, whichever comes first).

*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
  unsigned int c = 1;
  char const *z = zIn;
  int n = 0;
  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
    /* Using an "if (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE)" construct here
    ** and in other parts of this file means that at one branch will
    ** not be covered by coverage testing on any single host. But coverage
    ** will be complete if the tests are run on both a little-endian and 
    ** big-endian host. Because both the UTF16NATIVE and SQLITE_UTF16BE
    ** macros are constant at compile time the compiler can determine
    ** which branch will be followed. It is therefore assumed that no runtime
    ** penalty is paid for this "if" statement.
    */
    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
      READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
      n++;
    }
  }else{
    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
      READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
      n++;
    }
  }
  return (int)(z-(char const *)zIn)-((c==0)?2:0);
}

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
  unsigned int i, t;
  unsigned char zBuf[20];
  unsigned char *z;
  unsigned char *zTerm;
  int n;
  unsigned int c;

  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
    z = zBuf;
    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
    z[0] = 0;
    zTerm = z;
    z = zBuf;
    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(z, zTerm, (const u8**)&z);
    t = i;
    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
    if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
    assert( c==t );
    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
  }
  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
**
** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
** strings, and stuff like that.
**
** $Id: util.c,v 1.249 2009/03/01 22:29:20 drh Exp $
*/


/*
** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
  static int dummy = 0;
................................................................................
  assert( ALWAYS_was_false_or_NEVER_was_true );      /* Always fails */
  return ALWAYS_was_false_or_NEVER_was_true++;       /* Not Reached */
}
#endif

/*
** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).



*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){








  /* This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
  ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following
  ** warning:
  **
  **      This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any
  **      -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
  **      which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO 
  **      rules/specifications for math functions.
................................................................................
  **      ...
  */
#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC.
#endif
  volatile double y = x;
  volatile double z = y;





  return y!=z;
}

/*
** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.




*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
  const char *z2 = z;
  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}

/*
** Return the length of a string, except do not allow the string length
** to exceed the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH setting.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
  const char *z2 = z;
  int len;
  int x;
  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
  x = (int)(z2 - z);
  len = 0x7fffffff & x;
  if( len!=x || len > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    return db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
  }else{
    return len;
  }
}

/*
** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
**
** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
** format characters are allowed:
................................................................................
** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  pParse->nErr++;

  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
................................................................................
}

/*
** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
** is a no-op.







**
** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
** "a-b-c".
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
  char quote;
  int i, j;
  if( z==0 ) return;
  quote = z[0];
  switch( quote ){
    case '\'':  break;
    case '"':   break;
    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
    default:    return;
  }
  for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
    if( z[i]==quote ){
      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
        z[j++] = quote;
        i++;
      }else{
        z[j++] = 0;
        break;
      }
    }else{
      z[j++] = z[i];
    }
  }


}

/* Convenient short-hand */
#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower

/*
** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
................................................................................
  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
}

/*
** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string.  Return FALSE if the
** string contains any character which is not part of a number. If



** the string is numeric and contains the '.' character, set *realnum
** to TRUE (otherwise FALSE).



**
** An empty string is considered non-numeric.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
  int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
  if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
    return 0;
  }
  z += incr;
  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
  while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
  if( *z=='.' ){
    z += incr;
    if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
  }
  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
    z += incr;
    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
    if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
  }
  return *z==0;
}

/*
** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number.
** Convert this string to a double.
................................................................................
    ** or 9223372036854775808 if negative.  Note that 9223372036854665808
    ** is 2^63. */
    return compare2pow63(zNum)<neg;
  }
}

/*
** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
** 64-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
**
** This routine returns FALSE for the string -9223372036854775808 even that
** that number will, in theory fit in a 64-bit integer.  Positive
** 9223373036854775808 will not fit in 64 bits.  So it seems safer to return


** false.

*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *zNum, int negFlag){
  int i, c;
  int neg = 0;
  if( *zNum=='-' ){

    neg = 1;
    zNum++;
  }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
    zNum++;
  }
  if( negFlag ) neg = 1-neg;
  while( *zNum=='0' ){
    zNum++;   /* Skip leading zeros.  Ticket #2454 */
  }
  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
  if( i<19 ){
    /* Guaranteed to fit if less than 19 digits */
................................................................................
** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the 
** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as 
** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
  u32 a,b;



  a = *p;
  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
#ifndef getVarint32
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {

    *v = a;
    return 1;
  }
#endif


  p++;
  b = *p;
  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
  if (!(b&0x80))
  {

    a &= 0x7f;
    a = a<<7;
    *v = a | b;
    return 2;
  }


  p++;
  a = a<<14;
  a |= *p;
  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {

    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    b &= 0x7f;
    b = b<<7;
    *v = a | b;
    return 3;
  }



























  p++;
  b = b<<14;
  b |= *p;
  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
  if (!(b&0x80))
  {

    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    a = a<<7;
    *v = a | b;
    return 4;
  }

  p++;
  a = a<<14;
  a |= *p;
  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {

    a &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    b &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    b = b<<7;
    *v = a | b;
    return 5;
  }

................................................................................

    p -= 4;
    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
    assert( n>5 && n<=9 );
    *v = (u32)v64;
    return n;
  }

}

/*
** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
** 64-bit integer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
  int i = 0;
  do{
    i++;
    v >>= 7;
  }while( v!=0 && i<9 );
  return i;
}


/*
** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
*/
................................................................................
** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be
** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
  u32 magic;
  if( db==0 ) return 0;
  magic = db->magic;
  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&

      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 0;




  return 1;

}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
  u32 magic;
  if( db==0 ) return 0;
  magic = db->magic;
  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 0;
  return 1;
}

................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
** used in SQLite.
**
** $Id: hash.c,v 1.33 2009/01/09 01:12:28 drh Exp $
*/

/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
** fields of the Hash structure.
**
** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
** "copyKey" is true if the hash table should make its own private
** copy of keys and false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int copyKey){
  assert( pNew!=0 );
  pNew->copyKey = copyKey!=0;
  pNew->first = 0;
  pNew->count = 0;
  pNew->htsize = 0;
  pNew->ht = 0;
}

/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
................................................................................
  elem = pH->first;
  pH->first = 0;
  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = 0;
  pH->htsize = 0;
  while( elem ){
    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
    if( pH->copyKey ){
      sqlite3_free(elem->pKey);
    }
    sqlite3_free(elem);
    elem = next_elem;
  }
  pH->count = 0;
}

/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_STRING
*/
static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
  int h = 0;
  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = sqlite3Strlen30(z);

  while( nKey > 0  ){
    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
    nKey--;
  }
  return h & 0x7fffffff;
}
static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
  return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
}


/* Link an element into the hash table

*/
static void insertElement(
  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
){
  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */



  pHead = pEntry->chain;



  if( pHead ){
    pNew->next = pHead;
    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
    pHead->prev = pNew;
  }else{
    pNew->next = pH->first;
    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
    pNew->prev = 0;
    pH->first = pNew;
  }
  pEntry->count++;
  pEntry->chain = pNew;
}


/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
** to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails.


*/
static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */

#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
  if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
    new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht);
  }
  if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return;
#endif

  /* There is a call to sqlite3_malloc() inside rehash(). If there is
  ** already an allocation at pH->ht, then if this malloc() fails it
  ** is benign (since failing to resize a hash table is a performance
  ** hit only, not a fatal error).
  */
  if( pH->htsize>0 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3MallocZero( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
  if( pH->htsize>0 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();

  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = new_ht;
  pH->htsize = new_size;

  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
    int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
    next_elem = elem->next;
    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
  }

}

/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
*/
static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
  int nKey,
  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
){
  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */

  if( pH->ht ){
    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
    elem = pEntry->chain;
    count = pEntry->count;




    while( count-- && elem ){
      if( strCompare(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 

        return elem;
      }
      elem = elem->next;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
** element and a hash on the element's key.
*/
static void removeElementGivenHash(
  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
  int h             /* Hash value for the element */
){
  struct _ht *pEntry;
  if( elem->prev ){
    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
  }else{
    pH->first = elem->next;
  }
  if( elem->next ){
    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
  }

  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
  }
  pEntry->count--;
  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
    pEntry->chain = 0;
  }
  if( pH->copyKey ){
    sqlite3_free(elem->pKey);
  }
  sqlite3_free( elem );
  pH->count--;
  if( pH->count<=0 ){
    assert( pH->first==0 );
    assert( pH->count==0 );
    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
  }
}

/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return a pointer to the corresponding 
** HashElem structure for this element if it is found, or NULL
** otherwise.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
  int h;             /* A hash on key */
  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */

  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
  h = strHash(pKey,nKey);
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h % pH->htsize);
  return elem;
}

/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
  elem = sqlite3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);










  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
}

/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
** and the data is "data".
**
** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
**
** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
**
** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
  int hraw;             /* Raw hash value of the key */
  int h;                /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  hraw = strHash(pKey, nKey);

  if( pH->htsize ){
    h = hraw % pH->htsize;



    elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
    if( elem ){
      void *old_data = elem->data;
      if( data==0 ){
        removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
      }else{
        elem->data = data;
        if( !pH->copyKey ){
          elem->pKey = (void *)pKey;
        }
        assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
      }
      return old_data;
    }
  }
  if( data==0 ) return 0;
  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
    new_elem->pKey = sqlite3Malloc( nKey );
    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
      sqlite3_free(new_elem);
      return data;
    }
    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
  }else{
    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
  }
  new_elem->nKey = nKey;

  pH->count++;


  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
    rehash(pH, 128/sizeof(pH->ht[0]));
    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
      pH->count = 0;
      if( pH->copyKey ){
        sqlite3_free(new_elem->pKey);
      }
      sqlite3_free(new_elem);
      return data;
    }
  }
  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
  }
  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
  h = hraw % pH->htsize;
  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
  new_elem->data = data;



  return 0;
}

/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/
/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
................................................................................
     /*   5 */ "Seek",
     /*   6 */ "Sequence",
     /*   7 */ "Savepoint",
     /*   8 */ "RowKey",
     /*   9 */ "SCopy",
     /*  10 */ "OpenWrite",
     /*  11 */ "If",
     /*  12 */ "VRowid",
     /*  13 */ "CollSeq",
     /*  14 */ "OpenRead",
     /*  15 */ "Expire",
     /*  16 */ "AutoCommit",
     /*  17 */ "Pagecount",
     /*  18 */ "IntegrityCk",
     /*  19 */ "Not",
     /*  20 */ "Sort",
     /*  21 */ "Copy",
     /*  22 */ "Trace",
     /*  23 */ "Function",
     /*  24 */ "IfNeg",
     /*  25 */ "Noop",
     /*  26 */ "Return",
     /*  27 */ "NewRowid",
     /*  28 */ "Variable",
     /*  29 */ "String",
     /*  30 */ "RealAffinity",
     /*  31 */ "VRename",
     /*  32 */ "ParseSchema",
     /*  33 */ "VOpen",
     /*  34 */ "Close",
     /*  35 */ "CreateIndex",
     /*  36 */ "IsUnique",
     /*  37 */ "NotFound",
     /*  38 */ "Int64",
     /*  39 */ "MustBeInt",
     /*  40 */ "Halt",
     /*  41 */ "Rowid",
     /*  42 */ "IdxLT",
     /*  43 */ "AddImm",
     /*  44 */ "Statement",
     /*  45 */ "RowData",
     /*  46 */ "MemMax",
     /*  47 */ "NotExists",
     /*  48 */ "Gosub",
     /*  49 */ "Integer",
     /*  50 */ "Prev",
     /*  51 */ "RowSetRead",
     /*  52 */ "RowSetAdd",
     /*  53 */ "VColumn",
     /*  54 */ "CreateTable",
     /*  55 */ "Last",
     /*  56 */ "SeekLe",
     /*  57 */ "IncrVacuum",
     /*  58 */ "IdxRowid",
     /*  59 */ "ResetCount",
     /*  60 */ "ContextPush",
     /*  61 */ "Yield",
     /*  62 */ "DropTrigger",
     /*  63 */ "DropIndex",
     /*  64 */ "IdxGE",
     /*  65 */ "IdxDelete",
     /*  66 */ "Or",
     /*  67 */ "And",
     /*  68 */ "Vacuum",
     /*  69 */ "IfNot",
     /*  70 */ "DropTable",
     /*  71 */ "IsNull",
     /*  72 */ "NotNull",
     /*  73 */ "Ne",
     /*  74 */ "Eq",
     /*  75 */ "Gt",
     /*  76 */ "Le",
     /*  77 */ "Lt",
     /*  78 */ "Ge",
     /*  79 */ "SeekLt",
     /*  80 */ "BitAnd",
     /*  81 */ "BitOr",
     /*  82 */ "ShiftLeft",
     /*  83 */ "ShiftRight",
     /*  84 */ "Add",
     /*  85 */ "Subtract",
     /*  86 */ "Multiply",
     /*  87 */ "Divide",
     /*  88 */ "Remainder",
     /*  89 */ "Concat",
     /*  90 */ "MakeRecord",
     /*  91 */ "ResultRow",
     /*  92 */ "Delete",
     /*  93 */ "BitNot",
     /*  94 */ "String8",
     /*  95 */ "AggFinal",
     /*  96 */ "Compare",
     /*  97 */ "Goto",
     /*  98 */ "TableLock",
     /*  99 */ "Clear",
     /* 100 */ "VerifyCookie",
     /* 101 */ "AggStep",
     /* 102 */ "SetNumColumns",
     /* 103 */ "Transaction",
     /* 104 */ "VFilter",
     /* 105 */ "VDestroy",
     /* 106 */ "ContextPop",
     /* 107 */ "Next",
     /* 108 */ "Count",
     /* 109 */ "IdxInsert",
     /* 110 */ "SeekGe",
     /* 111 */ "Insert",
     /* 112 */ "Destroy",
     /* 113 */ "ReadCookie",
     /* 114 */ "LoadAnalysis",
     /* 115 */ "Explain",
     /* 116 */ "HaltIfNull",
     /* 117 */ "OpenPseudo",
     /* 118 */ "OpenEphemeral",
     /* 119 */ "Null",
     /* 120 */ "Move",
................................................................................
**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
**      methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
**   *  sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
**
** $Id: os_unix.c,v 1.248 2009/03/30 07:39:35 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */

/*
** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
** control:
**
................................................................................
  if( id ){
    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
    semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
    assert( pFile );
    unixEnterMutex();
    releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
    releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
    closeUnixFile(id);
    unixLeaveMutex();

  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
/*
** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks.
................................................................................
  dotlockIoMethods,         /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
  dotlockClose,             /* xClose method */
  dotlockLock,              /* xLock method */
  dotlockUnlock,            /* xUnlock method */
  dotlockCheckReservedLock  /* xCheckReservedLock method */
)

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
IOMETHODS(
  flockIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
  flockIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
  flockClose,               /* xClose method */
  flockLock,                /* xLock method */
  flockUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
  flockCheckReservedLock    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
................................................................................
  }
}
static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,int)
        = autolockIoFinderImpl;

#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */







































/*
** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function:
*/
typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,int);


/****************************************************************************
................................................................................
static int unixOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,           /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
){
  int fd = 0;                    /* File descriptor returned by open() */
  int dirfd = -1;                /* Directory file descriptor */
  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
................................................................................

#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 ){
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->isLockable = 1;
  }
#endif

  assert(fd!=0);
  if( isOpenDirectory ){
    rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, already in error */
      return rc;
    }
  }
................................................................................
  ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array.
  **
  ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified
  ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered.  So the following
  ** array cannot be const.
  */
  static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
    UNIXVFS("unix",          autolockIoFinder ),
#else
    UNIXVFS("unix",          posixIoFinder ),
#endif
    UNIXVFS("unix-none",     nolockIoFinder ),
    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile",  dotlockIoFinder ),
#if OS_VXWORKS
    UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",    posixIoFinder ),

    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",    flockIoFinder ),

#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
    UNIXVFS("unix-afp",      afpIoFinder ),
    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
#endif
  };
  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
**
** $Id: os_win.c,v 1.153 2009/03/31 03:41:57 shane Exp $
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */


/*
** A Note About Memory Allocation:
**
................................................................................
  }

  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
  }else{
    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
  }









  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){

    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
  }else{

    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
  }
  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
    dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
  }else{
    dwShareMode = 0;
  }
  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
    isTemp = 1;
#else
    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
                               | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
................................................................................
static int getSectorSize(
    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
    const char *zRelative     /* UTF-8 file name */
){
  DWORD bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
  char zFullpath[MAX_PATH+1];
  int rc;
  DWORD dwRet = 0;

  /*
  ** We need to get the full path name of the file
  ** to get the drive letter to look up the sector
  ** size.
  */
  rc = winFullPathname(pVfs, zRelative, MAX_PATH, zFullpath);
  if( rc == SQLITE_OK )
  {
    void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFullpath);
    if( zConverted ){
      if( isNT() ){
        int i;
        /* trim path to just drive reference */
        WCHAR *p = zConverted;
        for(i=0;i<MAX_PATH;i++){

          if( p[i] == '\\' ){
            i++;
            p[i] = '\0';
            break;
          }
        }
        dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
                                  NULL,

                                  &bytesPerSector,
                                  NULL,

                                  NULL);
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
      }else{
        int i;
        /* trim path to just drive reference */
        CHAR *p = (CHAR *)zConverted;
        for(i=0;i<MAX_PATH;i++){

          if( p[i] == '\\' ){
            i++;
            p[i] = '\0';
            break;
          }
        }
        dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceA((CHAR*)zConverted,
                                  NULL,

                                  &bytesPerSector,
                                  NULL,

                                  NULL);
#endif
      }
      free(zConverted);
    }
    if( !dwRet ){
      bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
    }
................................................................................
** Clear operations are exceedingly rare.  There are usually between
** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger.  The size of the
** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
**
** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.13 2009/01/20 17:06:27 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
#define BITVEC_SZ        512

/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
................................................................................
** values between 1 and iDivisor.  apSub[1] holds values between
** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor.  apSub[N] holds values between
** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor.  Each subbitmap is normalized
** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
*/
struct Bitvec {
  u32 iSize;      /* Maximum bit index.  Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
  u32 nSet;       /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash element */
                  /* Max nSet is BITVEC_NINT.  For BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 125. */

  u32 iDivisor;   /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
                  /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
                  /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1.  */
                  /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
  union {
    BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM];    /* Bitmap representation */
    u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT];      /* Hash table representation */
................................................................................

  /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
  ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
  ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
  ** is found.
  */
  rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
          + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0);

  for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
    if(  (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
      rc = i;
      break;
    }
  }

................................................................................
**
** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of
** these two features are available.
**
** @(#) $Id: pcache1.c,v 1.10 2009/03/23 04:33:33 danielk1977 Exp $
*/


typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;

................................................................................

  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){
    goto fetch_out;
  }

  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page buffer if appropriate. */
  if( pCache->bPurgeable && pcache1.pLruTail && (
      pCache->nPage>=pCache->nMax-1 || pcache1.nCurrentPage>=pcache1.nMaxPage
  )){
    pPage = pcache1.pLruTail;
    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
    if( pPage->pCache->szPage!=pCache->szPage ){
      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
      pPage = 0;
................................................................................
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This module implements an object we call a "Row Set".
**
** The RowSet object is a bag of rowids.  Rowids
** are inserted into the bag in an arbitrary order.  Then they are
** pulled from the bag in sorted order.  Rowids only appear in the
** bag once.  If the same rowid is inserted multiple times, the
** second and subsequent inserts make no difference on the output.
**

** This implementation accumulates rowids in a linked list.  For
** output, it first sorts the linked list (removing duplicates during
** the sort) then returns elements one by one by walking the list.
**

** Big chunks of rowid/next-ptr pairs are allocated at a time, to
** reduce the malloc overhead.




**































** $Id: rowset.c,v 1.3 2009/01/13 20:14:16 drh Exp $
*/


/*





** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
*/
#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK  63


/*
** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following
** structure:
*/
struct RowSetEntry {            
  i64 v;                        /* ROWID value for this entry */
  struct RowSetEntry *pNext;    /* Next entry on a list of all entries */

};

/*
** Index entries are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead.  The
** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
** when the RowSet is destroyed.
*/
struct RowSetChunk {
  struct RowSetChunk *pNext;             /* Next chunk on list of them all */
  struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
};

/*
** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
**
** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
*/
struct RowSet {
  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk;    /* List of all chunk allocations */
  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;    /* List of entries in the rowset */
  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;     /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
  struct RowSetEntry *pFresh;    /* Source of new entry objects */

  u16 nFresh;                    /* Number of objects on pFresh */
  u8 isSorted;                   /* True if content is sorted */

};

/*
** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object.  N bytes of memory
** are available at pSpace.  The db pointer is used as a memory context
** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
................................................................................
  RowSet *p;
  assert( N >= sizeof(*p) );
  p = pSpace;
  p->pChunk = 0;
  p->db = db;
  p->pEntry = 0;
  p->pLast = 0;

  p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)&p[1];
  p->nFresh = (u16)((N - sizeof(*p))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
  p->isSorted = 1;

  return p;
}

/*
** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet.


*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
  for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
    pNextChunk = pChunk->pNext;
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
  }
  p->pChunk = 0;
  p->nFresh = 0;
  p->pEntry = 0;
  p->pLast = 0;

  p->isSorted = 1;
}

/*
** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
**
** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
** memory allocation fails.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;
  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;
  if( p==0 ) return;  /* Must have been a malloc failure */
  if( p->nFresh==0 ){
    struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
    if( pNew==0 ){
      return;
    }
    pNew->pNext = p->pChunk;
    p->pChunk = pNew;
    p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
    p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
  }
  pEntry = p->pFresh++;
  p->nFresh--;
  pEntry->v = rowid;
  pEntry->pNext = 0;
  pLast = p->pLast;
  if( pLast ){
    if( p->isSorted && rowid<=pLast->v ){
      p->isSorted = 0;
    }
    pLast->pNext = pEntry;
  }else{
    assert( p->pEntry==0 );
    p->pEntry = pEntry;
  }
  p->pLast = pEntry;
}

/*
** Merge two lists of RowSet entries.  Remove duplicates.
**
** The input lists are assumed to be in sorted order.

*/
static struct RowSetEntry *boolidxMerge(
  struct RowSetEntry *pA,    /* First sorted list to be merged */
  struct RowSetEntry *pB     /* Second sorted list to be merged */
){
  struct RowSetEntry head;
  struct RowSetEntry *pTail;

  pTail = &head;
  while( pA && pB ){
    assert( pA->pNext==0 || pA->v<=pA->pNext->v );
    assert( pB->pNext==0 || pB->v<=pB->pNext->v );
    if( pA->v<pB->v ){
      pTail->pNext = pA;
      pA = pA->pNext;
      pTail = pTail->pNext;
    }else if( pB->v<pA->v ){
      pTail->pNext = pB;
      pB = pB->pNext;
      pTail = pTail->pNext;
    }else{
      pA = pA->pNext;
    }
  }
  if( pA ){
    assert( pA->pNext==0 || pA->v<=pA->pNext->v );
    pTail->pNext = pA;
  }else{
    assert( pB==0 || pB->pNext==0 || pB->v<=pB->pNext->v );
    pTail->pNext = pB;
  }
  return head.pNext;
}

/*
** Sort all elements of the RowSet into ascending order.
*/ 
static void sqlite3RowSetSort(RowSet *p){
  unsigned int i;
  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;
  struct RowSetEntry *aBucket[40];

  assert( p->isSorted==0 );
  memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
  while( p->pEntry ){
    pEntry = p->pEntry;
    p->pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
    pEntry->pNext = 0;
    for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
      pEntry = boolidxMerge(aBucket[i],pEntry);
      aBucket[i] = 0;
    }
    aBucket[i] = pEntry;
  }
  pEntry = 0;
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){
    pEntry = boolidxMerge(pEntry,aBucket[i]);
  }
  p->pEntry = pEntry;
  p->pLast = 0;
  p->isSorted = 1;
}


/*










































































































** Extract the next (smallest) element from the RowSet.
** Write the element into *pRowid.  Return 1 on success.  Return
** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.



*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){
  if( !p->isSorted ){
    sqlite3RowSetSort(p);
  }

  if( p->pEntry ){
    *pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
    p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pNext;
    if( p->pEntry==0 ){
      sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
    }
    return 1;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}





























/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
................................................................................
** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
** another is writing.
**
** @(#) $Id: pager.c,v 1.576 2009/03/31 02:54:40 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO

/*
** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
*/
#if 0
................................................................................
**   This variable is set and cleared by sqlite3PagerWrite().
**
** needSync
**
**   TODO: It might be easier to set this variable in writeJournalHdr()
**   and writeMasterJournal() only. Change its meaning to "unsynced data
**   has been written to the journal".






*/
struct Pager {
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
  u8 journalMode;             /* On of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
  u8 noReadlock;              /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
................................................................................
  u8 dbModified;              /* True if there are any changes to the Db */
  u8 needSync;                /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
  u8 journalStarted;          /* True if header of journal is synced */
  u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
  u8 doNotSync;               /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */
  u8 dbSizeValid;             /* Set when dbSize is correct */

  Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
  Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
  Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
  int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
  int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
  u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
................................................................................
**
** TODO: Why can we not reset the pager while in error state?
*/
static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
  if( SQLITE_OK==pPager->errCode ){
    sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
    sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);

  }
}

/*
** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
*/
static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
  int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
  }
  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
  }
  sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
  pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
  pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
  pPager->nSubRec = 0;
}
................................................................................
    if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
      int isMemoryJournal = sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd);
      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
      if( !isMemoryJournal ){
        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
      }
    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){



      rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);

      pPager->journalOff = 0;
      pPager->journalStarted = 0;
    }else if( pPager->exclusiveMode 
     || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
    ){
      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
      pager_error(pPager, rc);
................................................................................
      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,1,isUnsync,&pPager->journalOff,0,0);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
          break;
        }else{
          /* If we are unable to rollback, then the database is probably
          ** going to end up being corrupt.  It is corrupt to us, anyhow.

          ** Perhaps the next process to come along can fix it....
          */
          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
          goto end_playback;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  /*NOTREACHED*/
  assert( 0 );
................................................................................
  ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 
  ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
  ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
  ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 
  ** source file journal.c).
  */
  if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
    journalFileSize = sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs);
  }else{
    journalFileSize = sqlite3MemJournalSize();
  }

  /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
  *ppPager = 0;

  /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
  ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
................................................................................
  **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
  **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
  **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
  **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
  **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
  */
  pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
    sizeof(*pPager) +           /* Pager structure */
    pcacheSize      +           /* PCache object */
    pVfs->szOsFile  +           /* The main db file */
    journalFileSize * 2 +       /* The two journal files */ 
    nPathname + 1 +             /* zFilename */
    nPathname + 8 + 1           /* zJournal */
  );

  if( !pPtr ){
    sqlite3_free(zPathname);
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
  pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += sizeof(*pPager));
  pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += pcacheSize);
  pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += pVfs->szOsFile);
  pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
  pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);


  /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
  if( zPathname ){
    pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1);
    memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
    memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
    memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8);
................................................................................
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
** transaction and unlock the pager.




*/ 
static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
  if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){


    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
  }
}

/*
** Drop a page from the cache using sqlite3PcacheDrop().
**
................................................................................
** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. 
** An SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to 
** sqlite3OsOpen() fails.
*/
static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
    if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
      sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
    }else{
      rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
    }
  }
  return rc;
}
................................................................................
** If this is not a temporary or in-memory file and, the journal file is 
** opened if it has not been already. For a temporary file, the opening 
** of the journal file is deferred until there is an actual need to 
** write to the journal. TODO: Why handle temporary files differently?
**
** If the journal file is opened (or if it is already open), then a
** journal-header is written to the start of it.








*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );

  if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){
    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
    assert( !MEMDB && !pPager->tempFile );

    /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
    ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
    ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
................................................................................
    ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal
    ** or both.
    **
    ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and
    ** create it if it does not.
    */
    assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
    rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPager, 0);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
    if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->useJournal
          && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
      rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
................................................................................
  ** for the page moved there.
  */
  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
  pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
  if( pPgOld ){
    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);

  }

  origPgno = pPg->pgno;
  sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
  if( pPgOld ){
    sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
  }

  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
  pPager->dbModified = 1;

  if( needSyncPgno ){
    /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 
    ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
    ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 
................................................................................
**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
**
** If the parameter is not _QUERY, then the journal-mode is set to the
** value specified.

**





** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
  if( !MEMDB ){
    assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
    assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY<0 );
    if( eMode>=0 ){
      pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
    }else{

      assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY );





    }

  }
  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
}

/*
** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.



*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
  if( iLimit>=-1 ){
    pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
  }
  return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
}
................................................................................
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** $Id: btmutex.c,v 1.13 2009/03/05 04:20:32 shane Exp $
**
** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
** This code really belongs in btree.c.  But btree.c is getting too
** big and we want to break it down some.  This packaged seemed like
** a good breakout.
*/
/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur);

/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)































/*
** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
**
** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
................................................................................
  /* Check for locking consistency */
  assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
  assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );

  /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );





  if( !p->sharable ) return;
  p->wantToLock++;
  if( p->locked ) return;

  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
  */
  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){

    p->locked = 1;
    return;
  }

  /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
  ** BtShared address.  Then acquire our lock.  Then reacquire
  ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
................................................................................
  ** order.
  */
  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
    assert( pLater->sharable );
    assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
    assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
    if( pLater->locked ){
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex);
      pLater->locked = 0;
    }
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
  p->locked = 1;

  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pLater->pBt->mutex);
      pLater->locked = 1;

    }
  }
}

/*
** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
  if( p->sharable ){
    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
    p->wantToLock--;
    if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
      assert( p->locked );
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
      p->locked = 0;
    }
  }
}

#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree.  
**
** This routine makes no determination one way or another if the
** database connection mutex is held.
**
** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
  return (p->sharable==0 ||

             (p->locked && p->wantToLock && sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)));



}
#endif


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
  int i;
  Btree *p, *pLater;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;

    if( p && p->sharable ){
      p->wantToLock++;
      if( !p->locked ){
        assert( p->wantToLock==1 );
        while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev;
        while( p->locked && p->pNext ) p = p->pNext;
        for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
          if( pLater->locked ){
            sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex);
            pLater->locked = 0;
          }
        }
        while( p ){
          sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
          p->locked++;
          p = p->pNext;
        }
      }
    }
  }
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
................................................................................
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    if( p && p->sharable ){
      assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
      p->wantToLock--;
      if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
        assert( p->locked );
        sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
        p->locked = 0;
      }
    }
  }
}

#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
................................................................................
    assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );

    /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );

    p->wantToLock++;
    if( !p->locked && p->sharable ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
      p->locked = 1;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group.
*/
................................................................................
    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );

    /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );

    p->wantToLock--;
    if( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked ){
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
      p->locked = 0;
    }
  }
}















#endif  /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */

/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2004 April 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
................................................................................
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** $Id: btree.c,v 1.582 2009/03/30 18:50:05 danielk1977 Exp $
**
** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
*/

/*
................................................................................
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  BtLock *pIter;

  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
  assert( p->db!=0 );
  







  /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
  if( !p->sharable ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
  ** requested lock may not be obtained.
................................................................................
  */
  if( 
    0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || 
    eLock==WRITE_LOCK ||
    iTab==MASTER_ROOT
  ){
    for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){











      if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && 
          (pIter->eLock!=eLock || eLock!=READ_LOCK) ){
        sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db);
        if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){
          assert( p==pBt->pWriter );
          pBt->isPending = 1;
        }
        return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
      }
................................................................................
}
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree handle p.




*/
static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;

  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
  assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );


  while( *ppIter ){
    BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
    assert( pBt->isExclusive==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree );

    if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
      *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
      sqlite3_free(pLock);
    }else{
      ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
    }
  }
................................................................................

/*
** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
** the space used by the cell pointer.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
  CellInfo info;
  sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pPage, iCell, &info);

  return info.nSize;
}


#endif
static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){

  CellInfo info;
  sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);



































  return info.nSize;
}






#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
** for the overflow page.
*/
................................................................................
  if( cbrk-addr!=pPage->nFree ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page.


**
** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of
** the new allocation.  The caller guarantees that there is enough
** space.  This routine will never fail.


**
** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain
** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically
** calls defragmentPage() to consolidate all free space before 
** allocating the new chunk.



*/
static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){
  int addr, pc, hdr;
  int size;
  int nFrag;



  int top;
  int nCell;
  int cellOffset;
  unsigned char *data;
  
  data = pPage->aData;
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->pBt );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  pPage->nFree -= (u16)nByte;

  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;







  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
  if( nFrag<60 ){


    /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the
    ** space request. */
    addr = hdr+1;




    while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
      if( size>=nByte ){
        int x = size - nByte;
        if( size<nByte+4 ){



          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
          data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);
          return pc;
        }else{


          put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);

          return pc + x;
        }
      }
      addr = pc;
    }
  }

  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
  ** and the cell content area.
  */
  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
  if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){
    defragmentPage(pPage);
    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
  }
  top -= nByte;
  assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top );
  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  return top;
}

/*
** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
................................................................................
**
** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
** page to agree with the restored data.
*/
static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
  MemPage *pPage;
  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);

  if( pPage->isInit ){
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
    pPage->isInit = 0;
    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ){
      /* pPage might not be a btree page;  it might be an overflow page
      ** or ptrmap page or a free page.  In those cases, the following
      ** call to sqlite3BtreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT.
      ** But no harm is done by this.  And it is very important that
      ** sqlite3BtreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make
      ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */
      sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage);
................................................................................
** Open a database file.
** 
** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
** a new database with a random name is created.  This randomly named
** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.






*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Associated database handle */
  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
  int flags,              /* Options */
  int vfsFlags            /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
................................................................................
  p->db = db;

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
  /*
  ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
  ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
  */
  if( isMemdb==0
   && (db->flags & SQLITE_Vtab)==0
   && zFilename && zFilename[0]
  ){
    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
      int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
      char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
      sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
      p->sharable = 1;
      db->flags |= SQLITE_SharedCache;
      if( !zFullPathname ){
................................................................................
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
      mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
      for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
        assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
        if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager))
                 && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){











          p->pBt = pBt;
          pBt->nRef++;
          break;
        }
      }
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
      sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
................................................................................
                          EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
    }
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto btree_open_out;
    }

    sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
    p->pBt = pBt;
  
    sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit);
    pBt->pCursor = 0;
    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
    pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager);
    pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
    if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
         || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
      pBt->pageSize = 0;
      sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
      ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
      ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
      ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
      ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
      */
................................................................................
      nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
      pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
      pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
#endif
    }


    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
    assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 );  /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
    sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
   
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
    /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
    */
    if( p->sharable ){
      sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
      pBt->nRef = 1;
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  BtCursor *pCur;

  /* Close all cursors opened via this handle.  */
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  pBt->db = p->db;
  pCur = pBt->pCursor;
  while( pCur ){
    BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
    pCur = pCur->pNext;
    if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
    }
................................................................................
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
/*
** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.


**
** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536.  If the page
** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
** changed.
**
** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
** at the beginning of a page.
**
** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
** bytes per page is left unchanged.



*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
    return SQLITE_READONLY;
................................................................................
    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
    assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
    pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
    freeTempSpace(pBt);
    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
  }
  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;

  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the currently defined page size
*/
................................................................................
*/
static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
  int rc;
  MemPage *pPage1;
  int nPage;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  if( pBt->pPage1 ) return SQLITE_OK;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;

  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
  ** a valid database file. 
  */
  rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
................................................................................
      ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
      ** again with the correct page-size.
      */
      releasePage(pPage1);
      pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize;
      pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
      freeTempSpace(pBt);
      sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);

      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    if( usableSize<500 ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }
    pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
    pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize;
................................................................................
** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
    if( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)>=1 ){
      assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
#if 0
      if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){
        MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1;
        pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage);
        pPage->pBt = pBt;
        pPage->pgno = 1;
      }
#endif
      releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
    }
    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
  sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  pBt->db = p->db;
  btreeIntegrity(p);

  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
  */
  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
................................................................................
    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock);
    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
    goto trans_begun;
  }
#endif

  do {
    if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
      do{
        rc = lockBtree(pBt);




      }while( pBt->pPage1==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK );
    }

    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
      if( pBt->readOnly ){
        rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager, wrflag>1);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = newDatabase(pBt);
        }
      }
    }
  
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................

set_child_ptrmaps_out:
  pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Somewhere on pPage, which is guarenteed to be a btree page, not an overflow
** page, is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so that it points to
** iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to be modified, as 
** follows:
**
** PTRMAP_BTREE:     pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child 
**                   page of pPage.
**
................................................................................
** number of pages the database file will contain after this 
** process is complete.
*/
static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){
  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );


  if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
    int rc;
    u8 eType;
    Pgno iPtrPage;

    nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
    if( nFreeList==0 || nFin==iLastPg ){
      return SQLITE_DONE;
    }

    rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
................................................................................
** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. 
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  pBt->db = p->db;
  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
  }else{
    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
    rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, pagerPagecount(pBt));
  }
................................................................................
    Pgno nFin;
    Pgno nFree;
    Pgno nPtrmap;
    Pgno iFree;
    const int pgsz = pBt->pageSize;
    Pgno nOrig = pagerPagecount(pBt);

    if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) ){




      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    if( nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
      nOrig--;
    }
    nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
    nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+pgsz/5)/(pgsz/5);
    nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
    if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
      nFin--;
    }
    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
      nFin--;
    }

    for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
................................................................................
** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
** the journal.  Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
** the disk.  After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
** committed.  See sqlite3BtreeCommit() for the second phase of the
** commit process.
**
** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
**
** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
................................................................................
** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
    pBt->db = p->db;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
      rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
        return rc;
      }
................................................................................
  return rc;
}

/*
** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
**
** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit.  The
** sqlite3BtreeSync() routine does the first phase and should be invoked
** prior to calling this routine.  The sqlite3BtreeSync() routine did
** all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter.  All this
** routine has to do is delete or truncate the rollback journal
** (which causes the transaction to commit) and drop locks.

**
** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  pBt->db = p->db;
  btreeIntegrity(p);

  /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees 
  ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
  */
  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    int rc;
................................................................................
    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
      return rc;
    }
    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
  }
  clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);

  /* If the handle has any kind of transaction open, decrement the transaction
  ** count of the shared btree. If the transaction count reaches 0, set
  ** the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() call below
  ** will unlock the pager.
  */
  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){

    pBt->nTransaction--;
    if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
      pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
    }
  }

  /* Set the handles current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock
  ** the pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.
  */
  btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);

  btreeIntegrity(p);
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  MemPage *pPage1;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  pBt->db = p->db;
  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occurred whilst
    ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as
    ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then 
    ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so
................................................................................
    ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort 
    ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save.
    */
    sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc);
  }
#endif
  btreeIntegrity(p);
  clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);

  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    int rc2;

    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
    rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
      releasePage(pPage1);
    }
    assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
  }

  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){

    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
    pBt->nTransaction--;
    if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
      pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
    }
  }

................................................................................
** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back
** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  pBt->db = p->db;
  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  assert( pBt->readOnly==0 );
  assert( iStatement>0 );
  assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint );
  if( NEVER(p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pBt->readOnly) ){
    rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
  }else{
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
    assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
    assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
    pBt->db = p->db;
    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = newDatabase(pBt);
    }
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  }
  return rc;
................................................................................
  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,                   /* First arg to xCompare() */
  BtCursor *pCur                              /* Write new cursor here */
){
  int rc;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  p->pBt->db = p->db;
  rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
  Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
  if( pBtree ){
    int i;
    BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
    pBt->db = pBtree->db;
    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
    if( pCur->pPrev ){
      pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
    }else{
      pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
    }
    if( pCur->pNext ){
................................................................................
** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
  int rc;
 
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
















  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
      *pRes = 1;
    }else{
      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
      *pRes = 0;
      rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
      getCellInfo(pCur);
      pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key 
................................................................................
    }
    if( biasRight ){
      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)upr;
    }else{
      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((upr+lwr)/2);
    }
    for(;;){
      void *pCellKey;
      i64 nCellKey;
      int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];


      pCur->info.nSize = 0;
      pCur->validNKey = 1;
      if( pPage->intKey ){
        u8 *pCell;
        pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
        if( pPage->hasData ){
          u32 dummy;
          pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy);
        }
        getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
        if( nCellKey==intKey ){
          c = 0;
        }else if( nCellKey<intKey ){
          c = -1;
        }else{
          assert( nCellKey>intKey );
          c = +1;
        }


      }else{
        int available;
        pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0);
        nCellKey = pCur->info.nKey;
        if( available>=nCellKey ){











          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare((int)nCellKey, pCellKey, pIdxKey);






        }else{








          pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)nCellKey );
          if( pCellKey==0 ){
            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
            goto moveto_finish;
          }
          rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, (void*)pCellKey);
          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare((int)nCellKey, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
          if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
        }
      }
      if( c==0 ){
        pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
        if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
          lwr = idx;
          upr = lwr - 1;
          break;
        }else{
          *pRes = 0;
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
      }
      if( c<0 ){
        lwr = idx+1;
      }else{
        upr = idx-1;
      }
      if( lwr>upr ){
        pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
        break;
      }
      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((lwr+upr)/2);
    }
    assert( lwr==upr+1 );
    assert( pPage->isInit );
    if( pPage->leaf ){
................................................................................
  const void *pKey,   /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
  i64 nKey,           /* Integer key for tables.  Size of pKey for indices */
  int bias,           /* Bias search to the high end */
  int *pRes           /* Write search results here */
){
  int rc;                    /* Status code */
  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;   /* Unpacked index key */
  UnpackedRecord aSpace[16]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */


  if( pKey ){
    assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey,
                                      aSpace, sizeof(aSpace));
    if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
................................................................................
  assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
  nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
  assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
  while( nOvfl-- ){
    Pgno iNext = 0;
    MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
    if( ovflPgno==0 || ovflPgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){



      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    if( nOvfl ){
      rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
      if( rc ) return rc;
    }
    rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
................................................................................
    if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
      /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
      ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
      */
      CellInfo info;
      sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
      assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
      if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){
        Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
        rc = ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
      }
    }
#endif
  }
................................................................................
static void assemblePage(
  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
  u16 *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
){
  int i;            /* Loop counter */
  int totalSize;    /* Total size of all cells */
  int hdr;          /* Index of page header */
  int cellptr;      /* Address of next cell pointer */
  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
  u8 *data;         /* Data for the page */

  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 );
  totalSize = 0;
  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
    totalSize += aSize[i];
  }
  assert( totalSize+2*nCell<=pPage->nFree );
  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  cellptr = pPage->cellOffset;
  data = pPage->aData;
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
  if( nCell ){
    cellbody = allocateSpace(pPage, totalSize);
    assert( cellbody>0 );
    assert( pPage->nFree >= 2*nCell );
    pPage->nFree -= 2*nCell;
    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
      put2byte(&data[cellptr], cellbody);
      memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], aSize[i]);
      cellptr += 2;
      cellbody += aSize[i];
    }
    assert( cellbody==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  }
  pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell;
}

/*
** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
................................................................................
  apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); 
  if( apCell==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto balance_cleanup;
  }
  szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
  aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
  assert( ((aCopy[0] - (u8*)0) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
  for(i=1; i<NB; i++){
    aCopy[i] = &aCopy[i-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
    assert( ((aCopy[i] - (u8*)0) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
  }
  aSpace1 = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
  assert( ((aSpace1 - (u8*)0) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
    aFrom = &aSpace1[pBt->pageSize];
  }
  aSpace2 = sqlite3PageMalloc(pBt->pageSize);
  if( aSpace2==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto balance_cleanup;
................................................................................
** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
** is left pointing at a random location.
**
** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.











*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
  const void *pData, int nData,  /* The data of the new record */
  int nZero,                     /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
  int appendBias                 /* True if this is likely an append */

){
  int rc;
  int loc;
  int szNew;
  int idx;
  MemPage *pPage;
  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  unsigned char *oldCell;
  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
................................................................................
    assert( rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
    return rc;
  }
  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
    return pCur->skip;
  }

  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table */
  sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);










  if( 
    SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur)) ||
    SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc))
  ){
    return rc;
  }

  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
................................................................................
    idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
    pCur->validNKey = 0;
  }else{
    assert( pPage->leaf );
  }
  rc = insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0);























  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){


    rc = balance(pCur, 1);


  }


  /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
  ** fails.  Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. */
  pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    moveToRoot(pCur);
  }
end_insert:
  return rc;
}

/*
** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
** is left pointing at a arbitrary location.
................................................................................
        */
        VVA_ONLY( Pgno leafPgno = pLeafPage->pgno );
        rc = saveCursorPosition(&leafCur);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, &notUsed);
        }
        pLeafPage = leafCur.apPage[leafCur.iPage];
        assert( pLeafPage->pgno==leafPgno );
        assert( leafCur.aiIdx[leafCur.iPage]==0 );
      }

      if( SQLITE_OK==rc
       && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeafPage->pDbPage)) 
      ){
        dropCell(pLeafPage, 0, szNext);
        VVA_ONLY( leafCur.pagesShuffled = 0 );
................................................................................
  sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
  int rc;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  p->pBt->db = p->db;
  rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
................................................................................
** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
** entries in the table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  pBt->db = p->db;
  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  if( (rc = checkForReadConflicts(p, iTable, 0, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
    /* nothing to do */
  }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, iTable, 0)) ){
    /* nothing to do */
  }else{
    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
................................................................................
    releasePage(pPage);
  }
  return rc;  
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
  int rc;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  p->pBt->db = p->db;
  rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}


/*
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
  DbPage *pDbPage = 0;
  int rc;
  unsigned char *pP1;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  pBt->db = p->db;

  /* Reading a meta-data value requires a read-lock on page 1 (and hence
  ** the sqlite_master table. We grab this lock regardless of whether or
  ** not the SQLITE_ReadUncommitted flag is set (the table rooted at page
  ** 1 is treated as a special case by querySharedCacheTableLock()
  ** and setSharedCacheTableLock()).
  */
................................................................................
  /* If autovacuumed is disabled in this build but we are trying to 
  ** access an autovacuumed database, then make the database readonly. 
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
#endif

  /* Grab the read-lock on page 1. */





  rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, 1, READ_LOCK);

  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
** read-only and may not be written.
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  unsigned char *pP1;
  int rc;
  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  pBt->db = p->db;
  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
  pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
................................................................................
){
  int rc;
  u8 ePtrmapType;
  Pgno iPtrmapParent;

  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
    return;
  }

  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
................................................................................
  /* Check that the page exists
  */
  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
  if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
    return 0;
  }
  if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
    assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );  /* The only possible error from InitPage */
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
................................................................................
  Pgno i;
  int nRef;
  IntegrityCk sCheck;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  char zErr[100];

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  pBt->db = p->db;
  nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
  if( lockBtreeWithRetry(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){
    *pnErr = 1;
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
    return sqlite3DbStrDup(0, "cannot acquire a read lock on the database");
  }
  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
................................................................................
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
** name sqlite_value
**
** $Id: vdbemem.c,v 1.139 2009/03/29 15:12:10 drh Exp $
*/

/*
** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
** P if required.
*/
#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
................................................................................
  const int nByte = 32;

  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );



  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
................................................................................
/*
** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );

  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
    assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
    p->xDel((void *)p->z);
    p->xDel = 0;
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);

  }
}

/*
** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
................................................................................
** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
**
** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
  int flags;
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );

  flags = pMem->flags;
  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
    return pMem->u.i;
  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
    return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    i64 value;
................................................................................
** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );

  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
    return pMem->r;
  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
    return (double)pMem->u.i;
  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
    double val = (double)0;
................................................................................
** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
** MEM_Int if we can.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );


  pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
  if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i ){
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }
}

/*
** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );


  pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
** Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );


  pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
................................................................................
  }
  op = pExpr->op;

  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
    zVal = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
    if( !zVal || !pVal ) goto no_mem;
    sqlite3Dequote(zVal);
    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, enc);
    }else{
      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);



    }
  }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){
      pVal->u.i = -1 * pVal->u.i;
      /* (double)-1 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
      pVal->r = (double)-1 * pVal->r;
    }
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)  Prior
** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
**
** $Id: vdbeaux.c,v 1.446 2009/03/25 15:43:09 danielk1977 Exp $
*/



/*
** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
** set the sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
................................................................................

/*
** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
**
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
  int mask;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb );
  assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
  mask = 1<<i;
  if( (p->btreeMask & mask)==0 ){
    p->btreeMask |= mask;
    sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(&p->aMutex, p->db->aDb[i].pBt);
  }
}


................................................................................
static void allocSpace(
  char *pp,            /* IN/OUT: Set *pp to point to allocated buffer */
  int nByte,           /* Number of bytes to allocate */
  u8 **ppFrom,         /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */
  u8 *pEnd,            /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */
  int *pnByte          /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */
){

  if( (*(void**)pp)==0 ){
    nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
    if( (pEnd - *ppFrom)>=nByte ){
      *(void**)pp = (void *)*ppFrom;
      *ppFrom += nByte;
    }else{
      *pnByte += nByte;
................................................................................
    u8 *zEnd = (u8 *)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc];
    int nByte;
    int nArg;       /* Maximum number of args passed to a user function. */
    resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
    if( isExplain && nMem<10 ){
      nMem = 10;
    }




    do {
      memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
      nByte = 0;
      allocSpace((char*)&p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
      allocSpace((char*)&p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
      allocSpace((char*)&p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
................................................................................
    }
    db->nStatement--;
    p->iStatement = 0;
  }
  return rc;
}




























/*
** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
**
** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.  It is harmless to
................................................................................
  /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */
  if( p->pc>=0 ){
    int mrc;   /* Primary error code from p->rc */
    int eStatementOp = 0;
    int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if a 'special' error */

    /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
    sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);

    /* Check for one of the special errors */
    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
    isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
                     || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
    if( isSpecialError ){
      /* If the query was read-only, we need do no rollback at all. Otherwise,
................................................................................
** are always destroyed.  To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
** routine with mask==0.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
    struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
    if( (i>31 || !(mask&(1<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
      if( pAux->xDelete ){
        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
      }
      pAux->pAux = 0;
    }
  }
}
................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
#endif
    assert( p->isTable );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    p->lastRowid = keyToInt(p->movetoTarget);
    p->rowidIsValid = res==0 ?1:0;
    if( res<0 ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res);
      if( rc ) return rc;
    }
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
................................................................................
** The returned structure should be closed by a call to
** sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord().
*/ 
SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,     /* Information about the record format */
  int nKey,              /* Size of the binary record */
  const void *pKey,      /* The binary record */
  UnpackedRecord *pSpace,/* Space available to hold resulting object */
  int szSpace            /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
){
  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
  UnpackedRecord *p;

  int nByte, d;
  u32 idx;
  u16 u;                 /* Unsigned loop counter */
  u32 szHdr;
  Mem *pMem;

  
  assert( sizeof(Mem)>sizeof(*p) );








  nByte = sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+2);
  if( nByte>szSpace ){
    p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
    if( p==0 ) return 0;
    p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_FREE | UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
  }else{
    p = pSpace;
    p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
  }
  p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
  p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
  p->aMem = pMem = &((Mem*)p)[1];

  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
  d = szHdr;
  u = 0;
  while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField ){
    u32 serial_type;

    idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
................................................................................
                           i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
    if( rc!=0 ){
      break;
    }
    i++;
  }
  if( mem1.zMalloc ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1);













  if( rc==0 ){
    /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
    ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY
    ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger.
    ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes
    ** are considered to be equal.  Otherwise, the longer key is the 
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
** VDBE.
**
** $Id: vdbeapi.c,v 1.156 2009/03/25 15:43:09 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

#if 0 && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT)
/*
** The following structure contains pointers to the end points of a
** doubly-linked list of all compiled SQL statements that may be holding
** buffers eligible for release when the sqlite3_release_memory() interface is
................................................................................
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
  pCtx->isError = errCode;




}

/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, 
................................................................................
  /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */
  db = p->db;
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
    }
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    goto end_of_step;
  }
  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
    p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
................................................................................
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
    while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
           && cnt++ < 5
           && (rc = vdbeReprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
      v->expired = 0;
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && v->isPrepareV2 && db->pErr ){
      /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
      ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
      ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
      ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
      ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is 
      ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
      ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
................................................................................
  sqlite3_context *context,  /* The function calling context */
  int NotUsed,               /* Number of arguments to the function */
  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2   /* Value of each argument */
){
  const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
  char *zErr;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(0,
      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
  sqlite3_free(zErr);
}

/*
** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
................................................................................
  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
    vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt);
    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
  }else{
    /* ((double)0) In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
    static const Mem nullMem = {{0}, (double)0, 0, "", 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0, 0, 0 };
    if( pVm && pVm->db ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
    }
    pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem;
  }
  return pOut;
}
................................................................................
  int N,
  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
  int useType
){
  const void *ret = 0;
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  int n;

  

  if( p!=0 ){
    n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
    if( N<n && N>=0 ){
      N += useType*n;
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);

      ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);

      /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
      ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
      */
      if( p->db && p->db->mallocFailed ){
        p->db->mallocFailed = 0;
        ret = 0;
      }
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
    }
  }
  return ret;
}

/*
** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
** statement pStmt.
................................................................................
  void (*xDel)(void*)
){
  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
  int rc;
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&p->aVar[i-1], pValue);





    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&p->aVar[i-1], ENC(p->db));




    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);

  }






  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);



  return rc;
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
  int rc;
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
/*
** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names
** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already
** exist.
*/
static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){
  if( !p->okVar ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
    if( !p->okVar ){
      int j;
      Op *pOp;






      for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; j<p->nOp; j++, pOp++){
        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){
          assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
          p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p4.z;
        }
      }
      p->okVar = 1;
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
  }
}

/*
** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
................................................................................
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
  int i, rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( (pFrom->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pFrom->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT)
    || (pTo->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pTo->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT)
    || pTo->db!=pFrom->db ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
  return rc;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.








*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){





  return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
}
#endif

/*
** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
** in the argument belongs.  This is the same database handle that was
................................................................................
**
** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
**
** $Id: vdbe.c,v 1.828 2009/03/23 17:11:27 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

/*
** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
................................................................................
    fprintf(out, " NULL");
  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
    fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
    fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
    fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r);


  }else{
    char zBuf[200];
    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
    fprintf(out, " ");
    fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf);
  }
}
................................................................................
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  u64 start;                 /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
  int origPc;                /* Program counter at start of opcode */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
  int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
#endif
  UnpackedRecord aTempRec[16]; /* Space to hold a transient UnpackedRecord */



  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );  /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
  sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
    goto no_mem;
  }
  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index 
** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
case OP_Count: {         /* out2-prerelease */
  i64 nEntry;
  BtCursor *pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;

  rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry);



  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  pOut->u.i = nEntry;
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: Statement P1 * * * *
................................................................................
        /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
        ** "transaction savepoint". */
        if( db->autoCommit ){
          db->autoCommit = 0;
          db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
        }else{
          db->nSavepoint++;
	}
    
        /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
        pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
        db->pSavepoint = pNew;
      }
    }
  }else{
................................................................................
    if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
** The P3 register contains an integer record number.  Call this
** record number R.  The P4 register contains an index key created
** using MakeRecord.  Call it K.
**
** P1 is an index.  So it has no data and its key consists of a
** record generated by OP_MakeRecord where the last field is the 
** rowid of the entry that the index refers to.
** 
** This instruction asks if there is an entry in P1 where the
** fields matches K but the rowid is different from R.
** If there is no such entry, then there is an immediate
** jump to P2.  If any entry does exist where the index string
** matches K but the record number is not R, then the record
** number for that entry is written into P3 and control
** falls through to the next instruction.





**
** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
*/
case OP_IsUnique: {        /* jump, in3 */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  VdbeCursor *pCx;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  Mem *pK;
  i64 R;

  /* Pop the value R off the top of the stack
  */
  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );
  pK = &p->aMem[pOp->p4.i];
  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
  R = pIn3->u.i;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pCx = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pCx!=0 );
  pCrsr = pCx->pCursor;
  if( pCrsr!=0 ){
    int res;
    i64 v;                     /* The record number that matches K */
    UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;   /* Unpacked version of P4 */

    /* Make sure K is a string and make zKey point to K
    */
    assert( pK->flags & MEM_Blob );
    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCx->pKeyInfo, pK->n, pK->z,
                                      aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec));
    if( pIdxKey==0 ){
      goto no_mem;
    }
    pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;

    /* Search for an entry in P1 where all but the last rowid match K
    ** If there is no such entry, jump immediately to P2.
    */


    assert( pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );

    pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
      goto abort_due_to_error;

    }
    if( res<0 ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res);
      if( res ){




        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
        sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);

        break;
      }
    }
    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pCx, pIdxKey, &res); 
    sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
    if( res>0 ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      break;

    }




    /* At this point, pCrsr is pointing to an entry in P1 where all but
    ** the final entry (the rowid) matches K.  Check to see if the
    ** final rowid column is different from R.  If it equals R then jump
    ** immediately to P2.
    */
    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &v);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;





    }
    if( v==R ){









      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      break;


    }

    /* The final varint of the key is different from R.  Store it back
    ** into register R3.  (The record number of an entry that violates
    ** a UNIQUE constraint.)
    */
    pIn3->u.i = v;
    assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Use the content of register P3 as a integer key.  If a record 
................................................................................
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
    int res = 0;
    u64 iKey;
    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
    assert( p->apCsr[i]->isTable );
    iKey = intToKey(pIn3->u.i);
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0,&res);
    pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
    pC->rowidIsValid = res==0 ?1:0;
    pC->nullRow = 0;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;

    if( res!=0 ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
    }

  }else if( !pC->pseudoTable ){
    /* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the 
    ** sqlite_master table returns SQLITE_EMPTY.
    */
    assert( pC->isTable );
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );

  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
**
** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
................................................................................
      memcpy(pC->pData, pData->z, pC->nData);
      pC->pData[pC->nData] = 0;
      pC->pData[pC->nData+1] = 0;
    }
    pC->nullRow = 0;
  }else{
    int nZero;

    if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
      nZero = pData->u.nZero;
    }else{
      nZero = 0;
    }
    sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(pC->pCursor, 0);
    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey,
                            pData->z, pData->n, nZero,
                            pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND);

  }
  
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;

  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
................................................................................
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
**
** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
** P1 is currently point to.




*/
case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2-prerelease */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  i64 v;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );






















  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
  if( pC->rowidIsValid ){
    v = pC->lastRowid;
  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
    v = keyToInt(pC->iKey);
  }else if( pC->nullRow ){
    /* Leave the rowid set to a NULL */
    break;
  }else{
    assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
    v = keyToInt(v);

  }
  pOut->u.i = v;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
................................................................................
    sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
  }
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Register P2 holds a SQL index key made using the
** MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
**
** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
** insert is likely to be an append.
................................................................................
  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
    assert( pC->isTable==0 );
    rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      int nKey = pIn2->n;
      const char *zKey = pIn2->z;
      rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3);


      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
      pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    }
  }
  break;
}

................................................................................
**
** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
*/
case OP_IdxRowid: {              /* out2-prerelease */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  VdbeCursor *pC;


  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
    i64 rowid;


    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
    assert( pC->isTable==0 );
    if( !pC->nullRow ){
      rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &rowid);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
................................................................................
    /* A value was pulled from the index */
    assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, val);
  }
  break;
}






















































#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/* Opcode: ContextPush * * * 
**
** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop
** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change
** count, and the current statement change count.
................................................................................
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    }
  }
  pCur->nullRow = 0;

  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VRowid P1 P2 * * *
**
** Store into register P2  the rowid of
** the virtual-table that the P1 cursor is pointing to.
*/
case OP_VRowid: {             /* out2-prerelease */
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
  sqlite_int64 iRow;
  VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];

  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  if( pCur->nullRow ){
    break;
  }
  pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
  assert( pModule->xRowid );
  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
  rc = pModule->xRowid(pCur->pVtabCursor, &iRow);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
  p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
  pOut->u.i = iRow;
  break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Store the value of the P2-th column of
** the row of the virtual-table that the 
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
**
** @(#) $Id: memjournal.c,v 1.8 2008/12/20 02:14:40 drh Exp $
*/

/* Forward references to internal structures */
typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal;
typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint;
typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;

/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of
** this many bytes.





*/
#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE 1024

/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
*/
#ifndef MIN
# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
#endif

................................................................................
  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */
  FileChunk *pFirst;              /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */
  FilePoint endpoint;             /* Pointer to the end of the file */
  FilePoint readpoint;            /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */
};

/*
** Read data from the file.

*/
static int memjrnlRead(
  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
){
  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
  u8 *zOut = zBuf;
  int nRead = iAmt;
  int iChunkOffset;
  FileChunk *pChunk;


  assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset );

  if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
    sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
    for(pChunk=p->pFirst; 
        pChunk && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst;
        pChunk=pChunk->pNext
    ){
      iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE;
    }
  }else{
    pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk;
  }
................................................................................
  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
  int nWrite = iAmt;
  u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf;

  /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random
  ** access writes are not required by sqlite.
  */
  assert(iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset);
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst);

  while( nWrite>0 ){
    FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk;
    int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
    int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset);

................................................................................
  memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
** Sync the file.





*/
static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);

  return SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
** Query the size of the file in bytes.
*/
static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
  *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset;
................................................................................
};

/* 
** Open a journal file.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;

  memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize());
  p->pMethod = &MemJournalMethods;
}

/*
** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is 
** an in-memory journal 
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
** an SQL statement.
**
** $Id: walker.c,v 1.2 2009/02/19 14:39:25 danielk1977 Exp $
*/


/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
** of the expression, while decending.  (In other words, the callback
** is invoked before visiting children.)
................................................................................
**
** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
** and WRC_Continue to continue.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
  int rc;
  if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue;



  rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr);
  if( rc==WRC_Continue ){

    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort;
    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort;
    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort;
    }else{
      if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort;
    }
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
** table and column.
**
** $Id: resolve.c,v 1.20 2009/03/05 04:23:47 shane Exp $
*/

/*
** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
** result set in pEList.
**
** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine
................................................................................
          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
            cnt++;
            pExpr->iColumn = iCol==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : iCol;
            pExpr->pTab = pTab;
            if( iCol>=0 ){
              testcase( iCol==31 );
              testcase( iCol==32 );



              *piColMask |= ((u32)1<<iCol) | (iCol>=32?0xffffffff:0);

            }
            break;
          }
        }
      }
    }
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
................................................................................
  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
  ** pExpr.
  **
  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
  ** fields are not changed in any context.
  */
  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
    pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
    pExpr->pTab = 0;
    return 0;
  }

  /*
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
**
** $Id: expr.c,v 1.424 2009/03/25 16:51:43 drh Exp $
*/

/*
** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
**
** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
................................................................................
  pNew->pRight = pRight;
  pNew->iAgg = -1;
  pNew->span.z = (u8*)"";
  if( pToken ){
    int c;
    assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
    pNew->span = *pToken;
 
    /* The pToken->z value is read-only.  But the new expression
    ** node created here might be passed to sqlite3DequoteExpr() which
    ** will attempt to modify pNew->token.z.  Hence, if the token
    ** is quoted, make a copy now so that DequoteExpr() will change
    ** the copy rather than the original text.
    */
    if( pToken->n>=2 
         && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){
      sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pNew->token, pToken);





    }else{
      pNew->token = *pToken;
      pNew->flags |= EP_Dequoted;
      VVA_ONLY( pNew->vvaFlags |= EVVA_ReadOnlyToken; )
    }

  }else if( pLeft ){
    if( pRight ){
      if( pRight->span.dyn==0 && pLeft->span.dyn==0 ){
        sqlite3ExprSpan(pNew, &pLeft->span, &pRight->span);
      }
      if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
        pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
................................................................................

/*
** Clear an expression structure without deleting the structure itself.
** Substructure is deleted.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClear(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
  if( p->token.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)p->token.z);
  if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanOnly) ){
    if( p->span.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)p->span.z);
    if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ){

      if( p->pLeft ) sqlite3ExprClear(db, p->pLeft);
      if( p->pRight ) sqlite3ExprClear(db, p->pRight);
    }else{

      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft);
      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight);
    }

    if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect);
    }else{
      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList);
    }
  }
}
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
  if( p==0 ) return;
  sqlite3ExprClear(db, p);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}

/*
** The Expr.token field might be a string literal that is quoted.
** If so, remove the quotation marks.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DequoteExpr(Expr *p){
  if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_Dequoted) ){
    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Dequoted);
    assert( (p->vvaFlags & EVVA_ReadOnlyToken)==0 );
    sqlite3Dequote((char*)p->token.z);
  }
}

/*
** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure 
** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE,
** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE.
*/
static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){
  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE;
  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_SpanOnly) ) return EXPR_SPANONLYSIZE;
  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE;
  return EXPR_FULLSIZE;
}

/*
** sqlite3ExprDup() has been called to create a copy of expression p with
** the EXPRDUP_XXX flags passed as the second argument. This function 
................................................................................
*/
static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
  int nSize;
  if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){
    nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
  }else if( p->pLeft || p->pRight || p->pColl || p->x.pList ){
    nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE;
  }else if( flags&(EXPRDUP_SPAN|EXPRDUP_DISTINCTSPAN) ){
    nSize = EXPR_SPANONLYSIZE;
  }else{
    nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE;
  }
  return nSize;
}

/*
................................................................................
** the EXPRDUP_XXX passed as the second argument. This function returns
** the space in bytes required to store the copy of the Expr structure
** and the copies of the Expr.token.z and Expr.span.z (if applicable)
** string buffers.
*/
static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){
  int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) + (p->token.z ? p->token.n + 1 : 0);
  if( (flags&EXPRDUP_DISTINCTSPAN)
   || (flags&EXPRDUP_SPAN && (p->token.z!=p->span.z || p->token.n!=p->span.n)) 
  ){
    nByte += p->span.n;
  }
  return ROUND8(nByte);
}

/*
................................................................................
** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables).
*/
static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){
  int nByte = 0;
  if( p ){
    nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
    if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){
      int f = flags&(~(EXPRDUP_SPAN|EXPRDUP_DISTINCTSPAN));
      nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, f) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, f);
    }
  }
  return nByte;
}

/*
................................................................................
** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the
** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
*/
static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){
  Expr *pNew = 0;                      /* Value to return */
  if( p ){
    const int isRequireDistinctSpan = (flags&EXPRDUP_DISTINCTSPAN);
    const int isRequireSpan = (flags&(EXPRDUP_SPAN|EXPRDUP_DISTINCTSPAN));
    const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
    u8 *zAlloc;

    assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced );

    /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */
    if( pzBuffer ){
................................................................................
      }else{
        int nSize = exprStructSize(p);
        memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize);
        memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize);
      }

      /* Set the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags appropriately. */
      pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanOnly);
      switch( nNewSize ){
        case EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE:   pNew->flags |= EP_Reduced; break;
        case EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE: pNew->flags |= EP_TokenOnly; break;
        case EXPR_SPANONLYSIZE:  pNew->flags |= EP_SpanOnly; break;
      }

      /* Copy the p->token string, if any. */
      if( nToken ){
        unsigned char *zToken = &zAlloc[nNewSize];
        memcpy(zToken, p->token.z, nToken-1);
        zToken[nToken-1] = '\0';
................................................................................
        pNew->token.dyn = 0;
        pNew->token.z = zToken;
      }

      if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){
        /* Fill in the pNew->span token, if required. */
        if( isRequireSpan ){
          if( isRequireDistinctSpan 
           || p->token.z!=p->span.z || p->token.n!=p->span.n
          ){
            pNew->span.z = &zAlloc[nNewSize+nToken];
            memcpy((char *)pNew->span.z, p->span.z, p->span.n);
            pNew->span.dyn = 0;
          }else{
            pNew->span.z = pNew->token.z;
            pNew->span.n = pNew->token.n;
          }
        }else{
          pNew->span.z = 0;
          pNew->span.n = 0;
        }
      }

      if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & (EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanOnly)) ){
        /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */
        if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
          pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced);
        }else{
          pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced);
        }
      }

      /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */
      if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanOnly) ){
        zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
        if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){
          pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
          pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
        }
        if( pzBuffer ){
          *pzBuffer = zAlloc;
        }
      }else if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanOnly) ){
        pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0);
        pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0);
      }
    }
  }
  return pNew;
}
................................................................................
  **     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
  **
  ** If this is the case, it may be possible to use an existing table
  ** or index instead of generating an epheremal table.
  */
  p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
  if( isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
    Index *pIdx;
    Expr *pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
    int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);








    /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe
    ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always
    ** successful here.
    */
    assert(v);
    if( iCol<0 ){
      int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
      int iAddr;
      Table *pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);

      iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem);

      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
      eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;

      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
    }else{


      /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to 
      ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according
      ** to this collation sequence.
      */
      CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr);

      /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the 
      ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If
      ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
      */
      Table *pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
      char aff = comparisonAffinity(pX);
      int affinity_ok = (pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity==aff||aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE);

      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
        if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
         && (pReq==sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], -1, 0))
         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None))
        ){
          int iDb;
          int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
          int iAddr;
          char *pKey;
  
          pKey = (char *)sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
          iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema);
          sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
................................................................................
  Expr *pExpr, 
  int rMayHaveNull,
  int isRowid
){
  int testAddr = 0;                       /* One-time test address */
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) return;


  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
  ** if any of the following is true:
  **
  **    *  The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
  **    *  We are inside a trigger
................................................................................
          */
          if( testAddr && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 2);
            testAddr = 0;
          }

          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
          pParse->disableColCache++;
          r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
          assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
          pParse->disableColCache--;

          if( isRowid ){
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3);
          }else{
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
            sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
................................................................................

    case TK_EXISTS:
    case TK_SELECT: {
      /* This has to be a scalar SELECT.  Generate code to put the
      ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
      ** of the memory cell in iColumn.
      */
      static const Token one = { (u8*)"1", 0, 1 };
      Select *pSel;
      SelectDest dest;

      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
      pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
................................................................................
      break;
    }
  }

  if( testAddr ){
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr-1);
  }


  return;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */

/*
** Duplicate an 8-byte value
................................................................................
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
    }else{
      codeReal(v, z, n, negFlag, iMem);
    }
  }
}




















































































































/*
** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
** table pTab and store the column value in a register.  An effort
** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is
** not guaranteed.  The location of the column value is returned.
**
................................................................................
  int iReg,        /* Store results here */
  int allowAffChng /* True if prior affinity changes are OK */
){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int i;
  struct yColCache *p;

  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<pParse->nColCache; i++, p++){
    if( p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn
           && (!p->affChange || allowAffChng) ){
#if 0
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop);
      VdbeComment((v, "OPT: tab%d.col%d -> r%d", iTable, iColumn, p->iReg));
#endif


      return p->iReg;
    }
  }  
  assert( v!=0 );
  if( iColumn<0 ){
    int op = (pTab && IsVirtual(pTab)) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, iTable, iReg);
  }else if( pTab==0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
  }else{
    int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
    sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iColumn);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    if( pTab->aCol[iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
    }
#endif
  }
  if( pParse->disableColCache==0 ){
    i = pParse->iColCache;
    p = &pParse->aColCache[i];
    p->iTable = iTable;
    p->iColumn = iColumn;
    p->iReg = iReg;
    p->affChange = 0;
    i++;
    if( i>=ArraySize(pParse->aColCache) ) i = 0;
    if( i>pParse->nColCache ) pParse->nColCache = i;
    pParse->iColCache = i;
  }
  return iReg;
}

/*
** Clear all column cache entries associated with the vdbe
** cursor with cursor number iTable.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iTable){
  if( iTable<0 ){
    pParse->nColCache = 0;
    pParse->iColCache = 0;
  }else{
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
      if( pParse->aColCache[i].iTable==iTable ){
        testcase( i==pParse->nColCache-1 );
        pParse->aColCache[i] = pParse->aColCache[--pParse->nColCache];
        pParse->iColCache = pParse->nColCache;

      }




    }
  }
}

/*
** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount
** registers starting with iStart.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){
  int iEnd = iStart + iCount - 1;
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
    int r = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg;

    if( r>=iStart && r<=iEnd ){
      pParse->aColCache[i].affChange = 1;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
  int i;

  if( iFrom==iTo ) return;
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);
  for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
    int x = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg;

    if( x>=iFrom && x<iFrom+nReg ){
      pParse->aColCache[i].iReg += iTo-iFrom;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Generate code to copy content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1.
................................................................................

/*
** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
** is used as part of the column cache.
*/
static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
    int r = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg;

    if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** There is a value in register iReg.
**
** We are going to modify the value, so we need to make sure it
** is not a cached register.  If iReg is a cached register,
** then clear the corresponding cache line.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
  int i;
  if( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, iReg, iReg) ){
    for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
      if( pParse->aColCache[i].iReg==iReg ){
        pParse->aColCache[i] = pParse->aColCache[--pParse->nColCache];
        pParse->iColCache = pParse->nColCache;
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** If the last instruction coded is an ephemeral copy of any of
** the registers in the nReg registers beginning with iReg, then
** convert the last instruction from OP_SCopy to OP_Copy.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
  int addr;
................................................................................
** of 1 to pParse->nAlias inclusive.  
**
** pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] records the register number where the value
** of the iAlias-th alias is stored.  If zero, that means that the
** alias has not yet been computed.
*/
static int codeAlias(Parse *pParse, int iAlias, Expr *pExpr, int target){

  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iReg;
  if( pParse->nAliasAlloc<pParse->nAlias ){
    pParse->aAlias = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pParse->aAlias,
                                 sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0])*pParse->nAlias );
    testcase( db->mallocFailed && pParse->nAliasAlloc>0 );
    if( db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
................................................................................
    memset(&pParse->aAlias[pParse->nAliasAlloc], 0,
           (pParse->nAlias-pParse->nAliasAlloc)*sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0]));
    pParse->nAliasAlloc = pParse->nAlias;
  }
  assert( iAlias>0 && iAlias<=pParse->nAlias );
  iReg = pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1];
  if( iReg==0 ){
    if( pParse->disableColCache ){
      iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
    }else{
      iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, iReg);
      pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] = iReg;
    }
  }
  return iReg;



}

/*
** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
** expression.  Attempt to store the results in register "target".
** Return the register where results are stored.
**
................................................................................
      break;
    }
    case TK_FLOAT: {
      codeReal(v, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 0, target);
      break;
    }
    case TK_STRING: {
      sqlite3DequoteExpr(pExpr);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v,OP_String8, 0, target, 0,
                        (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
      break;
    }
    case TK_NULL: {
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
      break;
    }
................................................................................
      }else{
        inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
    case TK_FUNCTION: {
      ExprList *pList = (
        ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanOnly) ? 0 : pExpr->x.pList
      );
      int nExpr = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
      FuncDef *pDef;
      int nId;

      const char *zId;
      int constMask = 0;
      int i;

      u8 enc = ENC(db);
      CollSeq *pColl = 0;

      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
      testcase( op==TK_CONST_FUNC );
      testcase( op==TK_FUNCTION );






      zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z;
      nId = pExpr->token.n;
      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0);
      assert( pDef!=0 );
      if( pList ){
        nExpr = pList->nExpr;
        r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr);
        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, r1, 1);
      }else{
        nExpr = r1 = 0;
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
      ** a virtual table column.
      **
      ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
      ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
................................................................................
      ** see if it is a column in a virtual table.  This is done because
      ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
      ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
      ** function.  The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to 
      ** "glob(B,A).  We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
      ** for function overloading.  But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
      */
      if( nExpr>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nExpr, pList->a[1].pExpr);
      }else if( nExpr>0 ){
        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nExpr, pList->a[0].pExpr);
      }
#endif
      for(i=0; i<nExpr && i<32; i++){
        if( sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
          constMask |= (1<<i);
        }
        if( (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){
          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
        }
      }
      if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; 
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
      }
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target,
                        (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nExpr);
      if( nExpr ){
        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nExpr);
      }
      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, nExpr);
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
    case TK_EXISTS:
    case TK_SELECT: {
      testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
      testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
................................................................................
      */
      affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);


      /* Code the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". The temporary table
      ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set.
      */
      pParse->disableColCache++;
      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
      pParse->disableColCache--;
      j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, target);
      if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
        j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, target);
        j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, 0, target);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
        j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
................................................................................
          ** expression.
          */
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, rNotFound, target);
        }
      }
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5);

      VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr r%d", target));
      break;
    }
#endif
    /*
    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
    **
................................................................................
      int i;                            /* Loop counter */
      ExprList *pEList;                 /* List of WHEN terms */
      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;  /* Array of WHEN terms */
      Expr opCompare;                   /* The X==Ei expression */
      Expr cacheX;                      /* Cached expression X */
      Expr *pX;                         /* The X expression */
      Expr *pTest = 0;                  /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */


      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList );
      assert((pExpr->x.pList->nExpr % 2) == 0);
      assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0);
      pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
      aListelem = pEList->a;
      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
................................................................................
        cacheX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, &regFree1);
        testcase( regFree1==0 );
        cacheX.op = TK_REGISTER;
        opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
        opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX;
        pTest = &opCompare;
      }
      pParse->disableColCache++;
      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i=i+2){

        if( pX ){
          assert( pTest!=0 );
          opCompare.pRight = aListelem[i].pExpr;
        }else{
          pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr;
        }
        nextCase = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
        testcase( pTest->op==TK_COLUMN || pTest->op==TK_REGISTER );
        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER );
        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel);

        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase);
      }
      if( pExpr->pRight ){

        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight, target);

      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
      }


      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
      pParse->disableColCache--;
      break;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
    case TK_RAISE: {
      if( !pParse->trigStack ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
        return 0;
      }
      if( pExpr->affinity!=OE_Ignore ){
         assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback ||
                 pExpr->affinity == OE_Abort ||
                 pExpr->affinity == OE_Fail );
         sqlite3DequoteExpr(pExpr);
         sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->affinity, 0,
                        (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
      } else {
         assert( pExpr->affinity == OE_Ignore );
         sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
         sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump);
         VdbeComment((v, "raise(IGNORE)"));
................................................................................
  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
  op = pExpr->op;
  switch( op ){
    case TK_AND: {
      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
      testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 );
      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
      pParse->disableColCache++;
      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
      pParse->disableColCache--;
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);

      break;
    }
    case TK_OR: {
      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
      testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 );
      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
      pParse->disableColCache++;
      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
      pParse->disableColCache--;
      break;
    }
    case TK_NOT: {
      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;
    }
................................................................................
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_AND: {
      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
      testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 );
      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
      pParse->disableColCache++;
      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
      pParse->disableColCache--;
      break;
    }
    case TK_OR: {
      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
      testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 );
      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
      pParse->disableColCache++;
      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
      pParse->disableColCache--;
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);

      break;
    }
    case TK_NOT: {
      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;
    }
    case TK_LT:
................................................................................
    for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Allocate or deallocate temporary use registers during code generation.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){
  if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){
    return ++pParse->nMem;
  }
  return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg];
}









SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
  if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
    sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(pParse, iReg);








    pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg;
  }
}

/*
** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers
*/
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
**
** $Id: alter.c,v 1.55 2009/03/24 15:08:10 drh Exp $
*/

/*
** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
................................................................................
  char *zWhere;
  int iDb;                   /* Index of database containing pTab */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  Trigger *pTrig;
#endif

  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( !v ) return;
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  assert( iDb>=0 );

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
  for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
................................................................................
  const char *zTabName;     /* Original name of the table */
  Vdbe *v;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  char *zWhere = 0;         /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
#endif
  int isVirtualRename = 0;  /* True if this is a v-table with an xRename() */
  
  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_rename_table;
  assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );

  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
  if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
................................................................................
    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
  }

  /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
  zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
  if( zCol ){
    char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
    while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd) ){
      *zEnd-- = '\0';
    }
    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
        "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
          "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
        "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", 
      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
**
** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.51 2009/02/28 10:47:42 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE

/*
** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table on cursor
** iStatCur.
**
................................................................................
  int i;           /* Loop counter */
  int topOfLoop;   /* The top of the loop */
  int endOfLoop;   /* The end of the loop */
  int addr;        /* The address of an instruction */
  int iDb;         /* Index of database containing pTab */

  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 || pTab==0 || pTab->pIndex==0 ){
    /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */
    return;
  }
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  assert( iDb>=0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
................................................................................
  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    return;
  }


  if( pName1==0 ){
    /* Form 1:  Analyze everything */
    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
      if( i==1 ) continue;  /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
      analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
    }
  }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->n==0 ){
    /* Form 2:  Analyze the database or table named */
    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
    if( iDb>=0 ){
      analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
    }else{
      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1);
      if( z ){
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
**
** $Id: attach.c,v 1.83 2009/02/19 14:39:25 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
/*
** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
................................................................................
  int i;
  int rc = 0;
  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
  const char *zName;
  const char *zFile;
  Db *aNew;
  char *zErrDyn = 0;
  char zErr[128];

  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);

  zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
................................................................................
  /* Check for the following errors:
  **
  **     * Too many attached databases,
  **     * Transaction currently open
  **     * Specified database name already being used.
  */
  if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(
      sizeof(zErr), zErr, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
    );
    goto attach_error;
  }
  if( !db->autoCommit ){
    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
                     "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
    goto attach_error;
  }
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
    if( z && zName && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, 
                       "database %s is already in use", zName);
      goto attach_error;
    }
  }

  /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema
  ** hash tables.
  */
................................................................................
    if( aNew==0 ) return;
    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
  }else{
    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
    if( aNew==0 ) return;
  }
  db->aDb = aNew;
  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++];
  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));

  /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
  ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
  ** or may not be initialised.
  */
  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
                           db->openFlags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
                           &aNew->pBt);




  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    Pager *pPager;
    aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, 
        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
      goto attach_error;
    }
    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
    sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
    sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, db->dfltJournalMode);
  }
  aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
  aNew->safety_level = 3;
................................................................................
      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
    }
    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
    db->nDb = iDb;
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;

      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "out of memory");
    }else{

      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
    }
    goto attach_error;
  }
  
  return;

attach_error:
  /* Return an error if we get here */
  if( zErrDyn ){
    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
  }else{
    zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = 0;
    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
  }
  if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
}

/*
** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
................................................................................
  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
){
  sqlite3 *db;

  if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0;
  db = pParse->db;
  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
  pFix->pParse = pParse;
  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
  pFix->zType = zType;
  pFix->pName = pName;
  return 1;
................................................................................
  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
){
  int i;
  const char *zDb;
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;

  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
  zDb = pFix->zDb;
  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
    if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
      pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb);
    }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
................................................................................
  return 0;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(
  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
){
  while( pExpr ){
    if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanOnly) ) break;
    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
      if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1;
    }else{
      if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1;
    }
    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
      return 1;
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
**
** $Id: auth.c,v 1.29 2007/09/18 15:55:07 drh Exp $
*/

/*
** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
** macro.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
................................................................................
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
*/
static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){
  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the "
    "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, "
    "or SQLITE_DENY", rc);
  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}

/*
** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
................................................................................
  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
  const char *zDBase;   /* Name of database being accessed */
  TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */
  int iDb;              /* The index of the database the expression refers to */

  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return;
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
  if( iDb<0 ){
    /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
    ** temporary table. */
    return;
  }
  for(iSrc=0; pTabList && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc; iSrc++){

    if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break;
  }
  if( iSrc>=0 && pTabList && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc ){
    pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;

  }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){

    /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables
    ** of a trigger.
    */
    assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx );
    pTab = pStack->pTab;
  }
  if( pTab==0 ) return;


  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
    assert( pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
    zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName;
  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
  }else{
................................................................................
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", 
         zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol);
    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol);
    }
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
  }
}

/*
** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
................................................................................
  }
  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
................................................................................
** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
  Parse *pParse,
  AuthContext *pContext, 
  const char *zContext
){

  pContext->pParse = pParse;
  if( pParse ){
    pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
    pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
  }
}

/*
** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
................................................................................
**     CREATE INDEX
**     DROP INDEX
**     creating ID lists
**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
**     COMMIT
**     ROLLBACK
**
** $Id: build.c,v 1.527 2009/03/31 03:41:57 shane Exp $
*/

/*
** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
** be parsed.  Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
................................................................................
      u32 mask;
      int iDb;
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1);
      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0);

        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]);

      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      {
        int i;
        for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
          char *vtab = (char *)pParse->apVtabLock[i]->pVtab;
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB);
................................................................................
  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
  */
  if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0;
    sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace);
#endif
    assert( pParse->disableColCache==0 );  /* Disables and re-enables match */
    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem,
                         pParse->nTab, pParse->explain);
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
  }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
................................................................................
** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
  Table *p = 0;
  int i;
  int nName;
  assert( zName!=0 );
  nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName) + 1;
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
................................................................................
** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
** using the ATTACH command.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
  Index *p = 0;
  int i;
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName)+1;
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( pSchema || (j==1 && !db->aDb[1].pBt) );
    if( pSchema ){
      p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName);
................................................................................
** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function.
*/
static void sqlite3DeleteIndex(Index *p){
  Index *pOld;
  const char *zName = p->zName;

  pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName,
                           sqlite3Strlen30(zName)+1, 0);
  assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p );
  freeIndex(p);
}

/*
** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
................................................................................
** with the index.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
  Index *pIndex;
  int len;
  Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;

  len = sqlite3Strlen(db, zIdxName);
  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len+1, 0);
  if( pIndex ){
    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
    }else{
      Index *p;
      for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p && p->pNext!=pIndex; p=p->pNext){}
      if( p && p->pNext==pIndex ){
................................................................................
}

/*
** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
**
** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
** the table data structure from the hash table.  Nor does it remove
** foreign keys from the sqlite.aFKey hash table.  But it does destroy
** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
** the table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table *pTable){
  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
  FKey *pFKey, *pNextFKey;
  sqlite3 *db;
................................................................................
  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
    sqlite3DeleteIndex(pIndex);
  }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
  /* Delete all foreign keys associated with this table.  The keys
  ** should have already been unlinked from the pSchema->aFKey hash table 
  */
  for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){
    pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom;
    assert( sqlite3HashFind(&pTable->pSchema->aFKey,
                           pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey );
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
  }
#endif

  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
  */
  sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable);
................................................................................

/*
** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
  Table *p;
  FKey *pF1, *pF2;
  Db *pDb;

  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] );
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName,
                        sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName)+1,0);
  if( p ){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
    for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){
      int nTo = sqlite3Strlen30(pF1->zTo) + 1;
      pF2 = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo);
      if( pF2==pF1 ){
        sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo);
      }else{
        while( pF2 && pF2->pNextTo!=pF1 ){ pF2=pF2->pNextTo; }
        if( pF2 ){
          pF2->pNextTo = pF1->pNextTo;
        }
      }
    }
#endif
    sqlite3DeleteTable(p);
  }
  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}

/*
** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
** token with any quotations removed.  Space to hold the returned string
** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
** function.



**
** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
  char *zName;
  if( pName ){
    zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
  }else{
    zName = 0;
  }
  return zName;
}

/*
................................................................................
          pCol->zName);
    }else{
      /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
      ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression
      ** is required by pragma table_info.
      */
      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
      pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(
          db, pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE|EXPRDUP_DISTINCTSPAN
      );
    }
  }
  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
}

/*
** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
................................................................................
  CollSeq *pColl;

  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, nName, initbusy);
  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
    pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, pColl, zName, nName);
    if( !pColl ){
      if( nName<0 ){
        nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName);
      }
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", nName, zName);
      pColl = 0;
    }
  }

  return pColl;
................................................................................
  }


  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
  */
  if( db->init.busy && pParse->nErr==0 ){
    Table *pOld;
    FKey *pFKey; 
    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName,
                             sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName)+1,p);
    if( pOld ){
      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      return;
    }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
    for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
      void *data;
      int nTo = sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo) + 1;
      pFKey->pNextTo = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo);
      data = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey);
      if( data==(void *)pFKey ){
        db->mallocFailed = 1;
      }
    }
#endif
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
    db->nTable++;
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
    if( !p->pSelect ){
      const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
................................................................................
** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
** the table referred to.  pToCol is a list of tables in the other
** pTo table that the foreign key points to.  flags contains all
** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
**
** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.  The new FKey
** is not linked into db->aFKey at this point - that does not happen
** until sqlite3EndTable().
**
** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
................................................................................
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
        "columns in the referenced table");
    goto fk_end;
  }else{
    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
  }
  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
  if( pToCol ){
    for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
      nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
    }
  }
  pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte );
  if( pFKey==0 ){
    goto fk_end;
  }
  pFKey->pFrom = p;
  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
  z = (char*)&pFKey[1];
  pFKey->aCol = (struct sColMap*)z;
  z += sizeof(struct sColMap)*nCol;
  pFKey->zTo = z;
  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
  z[pTo->n] = 0;

  z += pTo->n+1;
  pFKey->pNextTo = 0;
  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
  if( pFromCol==0 ){
    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
  }else{
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      int j;
      for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
  }
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  regIdxKey = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1);
  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){
    int j1, j2;
    int regRowid;



    regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn;
    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IsNull, regIdxKey, 0, pIndex->nColumn);








    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx,
                           0, regRowid, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regRecord), P4_INT32);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, OE_Abort, 0,
                    "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord);

  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1);
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
}

................................................................................

  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
  ** in-memory database structures. 
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Index *p;
    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
                          pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName)+1,
                          pIndex);
    if( p ){
      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
**
** $Id: callback.c,v 1.37 2009/03/24 15:08:10 drh Exp $
*/


/*
** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName.
** If the collation sequence
*/
static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){
  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
  if( nName<0 ) nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName);
  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
    char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zName, nName);
    if( !zExternal ) return;
    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal);
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
................................................................................
static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zName,
  int nName,
  int create
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  if( nName<0 ) nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName);
  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);

  if( 0==pColl && create ){
    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
    if( pColl ){
      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
................................................................................
  Hash temp1;
  Hash temp2;
  HashElem *pElem;
  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;

  temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
  temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, 0);
  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->aFKey);
  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, 0);
  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
    assert( pTab->dbMem==0 );
    sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
  }
  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
................................................................................
    p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaFree);
  }else{
    p = (Schema *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Schema));
  }
  if( !p ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
  }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
    sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, 0);
    sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, 0);
    sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, 0);
    sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, 1);
    p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
  }
  return p;
}

/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
**
** $Id: delete.c,v 1.198 2009/03/05 03:48:07 shane Exp $
*/

/*
** Look up every table that is named in pSrc.  If any table is not found,
** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL.  If all tables
** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
*/
................................................................................
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
    return 1;
  }
#endif
  return 0;
}

/*
** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(
  Parse *p,       /* Generate code into this VDBE */
  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
  int iDb,        /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
){
  Vdbe *v;
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32);
  VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
}


#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
/*
** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table.  The
** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
*/
................................................................................
  if( pWhere ){
    SrcList *pFrom;
    Token viewName;
    
    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
    viewName.z = (u8*)pView->zName;
    viewName.n = (unsigned int)sqlite3Strlen30((const char*)viewName.z);

    pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse, 0, 0, 0, &viewName, pDup, 0,0);
    pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
  }
  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
  sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest);
  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
}
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table.  Note, however, that
  ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
  */
  if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    assert( !isView );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt);
    if( !pParse->nested ){
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
    }
    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
    }
  }else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */
  /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
  ** the table and pick which records to delete.
  */
  {
    int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem;    /* Used for storing rowid values. */
    int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;   /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */


    /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0,
                               WHERE_FILL_ROWSET, iRowSet);
    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;


    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
    }
    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);

    /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
    */
................................................................................
** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
** functions of SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
**
** $Id: func.c,v 1.225 2009/03/27 15:26:03 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

/*
** Return the collating function associated with a function.
*/
static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
  return context->pColl;
................................................................................
  sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
}
#endif

/*
** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the
** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
** the database handle that malloc() has failed.


*/
static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){
  char *z;
  if( nByte>sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){




    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
    z = 0;
  }else{
    z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte);
    if( !z && nByte>0 ){
      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
    }
  }
  return z;
}

/*
................................................................................
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int NotUsed,
  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
  sqlite_int64 r;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
  if( (r<<1)==0 ) r = 0;  /* Prevent 0x8000.... as the result so that we */
                          /* can always do abs() of the result */









  sqlite3_result_int64(context, r);
}

/*
** Implementation of randomblob(N).  Return a random blob
** that is N bytes long.
*/
................................................................................
/*
** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every
** character is exactly one byte in size.  Also, all characters are
** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC
** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A,B,C)  (*(A++))
# define GlogUpperToLower(A)     A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
#else
# define GlogUpperToLower(A)     if( A<0x80 ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; }
#endif

static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
................................................................................
  int seen;
  u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
  u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
  u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; 
  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */

  while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,0,&zPattern))!=0 ){
    if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){
      while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,0,&zPattern)) == matchAll
               || c == matchOne ){
        if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString)==0 ){
          return 0;
        }
      }
      if( c==0 ){
        return 1;
      }else if( c==esc ){
        c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
        if( c==0 ){
          return 0;
        }
      }else if( c==matchSet ){
        assert( esc==0 );         /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */
        assert( matchSet<0x80 );  /* '[' is a single-byte character */
        while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
          SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
        }
        return *zString!=0;
      }
      while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,0,&zString))!=0 ){
        if( noCase ){
          GlogUpperToLower(c2);
          GlogUpperToLower(c);
          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString);
            GlogUpperToLower(c2);
          }
        }else{
          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString);
          }
        }
        if( c2==0 ) return 0;
        if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
      }
      return 0;
    }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){
      if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString)==0 ){
        return 0;
      }
    }else if( c==matchSet ){
      int prior_c = 0;
      assert( esc==0 );    /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */
      seen = 0;
      invert = 0;
      c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString);
      if( c==0 ) return 0;
      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
      if( c2=='^' ){
        invert = 1;
        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
      }
      if( c2==']' ){
        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
      }
      while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
        if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
          prior_c = 0;
        }else{
          if( c==c2 ){
            seen = 1;
          }
          prior_c = c2;
        }
        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
      }
      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){
        return 0;
      }
    }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){
      prevEscape = 1;
    }else{
      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString);
      if( noCase ){
        GlogUpperToLower(c);
        GlogUpperToLower(c2);
      }
      if( c!=c2 ){
        return 0;
      }
................................................................................
static void likeFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context, 
  int argc, 
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
  int escape = 0;

  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);

  zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);

  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
  */
  if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) >


        db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){
    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
    return;
  }
  assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* Encoding did not change */

  if( argc==3 ){
    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
................................................................................
    const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
    if( zEsc==0 ) return;
    if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
      return;
    }
    escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, 0, &zEsc);
  }
  if( zA && zB ){
    struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    sqlite3_like_count++;
#endif
    
................................................................................
*/
static void zeroblobFunc(
  sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  sqlite3_value **argv
){
  i64 n;

  assert( argc==1 );
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
  n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
  if( n>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){


    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
  }else{
    sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n);
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
  for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
    if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
      zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
    }else{
      u8 *zOld;
      sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
      nOut += nRep - nPattern;


      if( nOut>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
        sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
        sqlite3DbFree(db, zOut);
        return;
      }
      zOld = zOut;
      zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut);
      if( zOut==0 ){
................................................................................
  if( nChar>0 ){
    flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context));
    if( flags & 1 ){
      while( nIn>0 ){
        int len = 0;
        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
          len = aLen[i];
          if( memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break;
        }
        if( i>=nChar ) break;
        zIn += len;
        nIn -= len;
      }
    }
    if( flags & 2 ){
................................................................................
*/
static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
  CountCtx *p;
  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
    p->n++;
  }









}   
static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
  CountCtx *p;
  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
  sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
}

................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
  }
}
static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
  sqlite3_value *pRes;
  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
  if( pRes ){
    if( pRes->flags ){
      sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
  int nVal, nSep;
  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
  pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum));

  if( pAccum ){
    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);

    pAccum->useMalloc = 1;
    pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
    if( pAccum->nChar ){






      if( argc==2 ){
        zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
        nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
      }else{
        zSep = ",";
        nSep = 1;
      }
................................................................................
/*
** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
*/
static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){
  FuncDef *pDef;
  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName),
                             2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
  if( pDef ){
    pDef->flags = flagVal;
  }
}

/*
** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions.  The caseSensitive
** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
................................................................................
   || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2
  ){
    return 0;
  }
  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 2,
                             SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
  if( pDef==0 || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }

  /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
  ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure.  The
  ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
  */
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
**
** $Id: insert.c,v 1.260 2009/02/28 10:47:42 danielk1977 Exp $
*/





















/*
** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character
** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column:
**
**  Character      Column affinity
................................................................................
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }

  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
  */
  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
  if( zTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
  if( pTab==0 ){
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }
  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
................................................................................
    addrSelect = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, addrSelect-1, dest.iParm);
    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
    VdbeComment((v, "Jump over SELECT coroutine"));

    /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */
    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);

    if( rc || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
      goto insert_cleanup;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEof);         /* EOF <- 1 */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm);   /* yield X */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_INTERNAL, OE_Abort);
    VdbeComment((v, "End of SELECT coroutine"));
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);                          /* label B: */
................................................................................
    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
    }
  }
  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol, nColumn);
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }
  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }

................................................................................
    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
    */
    regTrigRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
    if( keyColumn<0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regTrigRowid);


    }else if( useTempTable ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regTrigRowid);
    }else{
      int j1;
      assert( pSelect==0 );  /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regTrigRowid);

      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regTrigRowid);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regTrigRowid);
      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTrigRowid);
    }

    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
................................................................................
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid);
      }else if( pSelect ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+keyColumn, regRowid);
      }else{
        VdbeOp *pOp;
        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) - 1);
        if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
          appendFlag = 1;
          pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
          pOp->p1 = baseCur;
          pOp->p2 = regRowid;
          pOp->p3 = regAutoinc;
        }
      }
................................................................................
    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns,
                     (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P4_VTAB);
    }else
#endif
    {

      sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
          pParse,
          pTab,
          baseCur,
          regIns,
          aRegIdx,
          keyColumn>=0,
          0,
          onError,
          endOfLoop
      );
      sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
          pParse,
          pTab,
          baseCur,
          regIns,
          aRegIdx,
          0,

          (tmask&TRIGGER_AFTER) ? newIdx : -1,
          appendFlag
       );
    }
  }

  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
  */
  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
................................................................................
  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
  int baseCur,        /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
  int regRowid,       /* Index of the range of input registers */
  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
  int rowidChng,      /* True if the rowid might collide with existing entry */
  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
  int overrideError,  /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
  int ignoreDest      /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */

){
  int i;
  Vdbe *v;
  int nCol;

  int onError;
  int j1;             /* Addresss of jump instruction */
  int j2 = 0, j3;     /* Addresses of jump instructions */
  int regData;        /* Register containing first data column */
  int iCur;
  Index *pIdx;
  int seenReplace = 0;
  int hasTwoRowids = (isUpdate && rowidChng);

  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
  nCol = pTab->nCol;
  regData = regRowid + 1;
................................................................................
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
        break;
      }
      case OE_Ignore: {
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regData+i, ignoreDest);
        break;
      }

      case OE_Replace: {
        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regData+i);
        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regData+i);
        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
        break;
      }
    }
  }
................................................................................
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i);
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]);
    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);

    /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
    onError = pIdx->onError;


    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */

    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
      onError = overrideError;
    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
      onError = OE_Abort;
    }
    if( seenReplace ){
      if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace;
      else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort;
    }
    

    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IsNull, regIdx, 0, pIdx->nColumn);
    regR = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid-hasTwoRowids, regR);
    j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0,
                           regR, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(aRegIdx[iCur]),
                           P4_INT32);


    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
    switch( onError ){
      case OE_Rollback:
      case OE_Abort:
      case OE_Fail: {
        int j, n1, n2;
        char zErrMsg[200];
        sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg), zErrMsg,
                         pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column ");
        n1 = sqlite3Strlen30(zErrMsg);
        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn && n1<ArraySize(zErrMsg)-30; j++){
          char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
          n2 = sqlite3Strlen30(zCol);
          if( j>0 ){
            sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], ", ");
            n1 += 2;
          }
          if( n1+n2>ArraySize(zErrMsg)-30 ){
            sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "...");
            n1 += 3;
            break;
          }else{
            sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "%s", zCol);
            n1 += n2;
          }
        }
        sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], 
            pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique");
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, zErrMsg,0);
        break;
      }
      case OE_Ignore: {
        assert( seenReplace==0 );
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
        break;
      }

      case OE_Replace: {
        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0);
        seenReplace = 1;
        break;
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regR);
  }




}

/*
** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
** A consecutive range of registers starting at regRowid contains the
** rowid and the content to be inserted.
................................................................................
  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
  int baseCur,        /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
  int regRowid,       /* Range of content */
  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
  int newIdx,         /* Index of NEW table for triggers.  -1 if none */
  int appendBias      /* True if this is likely to be an append */

){
  int i;
  Vdbe *v;
  int nIdx;
  Index *pIdx;
  u8 pik_flags;
  int regData;
................................................................................
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
  for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){
    if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, baseCur+i+1, aRegIdx[i]);



  }
  regData = regRowid + 1;
  regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
  sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
  sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
................................................................................
  }else{
    pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
    pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
  }
  if( appendBias ){
    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
  }



  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, baseCur, regRec, regRowid);
  if( !pParse->nested ){
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
}

................................................................................
  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
    KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
    assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, i+baseCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
  }
  if( pParse->nTab<=baseCur+i ){
    pParse->nTab = baseCur+i;
  }
  return i-1;
}


#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
................................................................................
  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nColumn; i++){
    if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){
      return 0;   /* Different columns indexed */
    }
    if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){
      return 0;   /* Different sort orders */
    }
    if( pSrc->azColl[i]!=pDest->azColl[i] ){
      return 0;   /* Different collating sequences */
    }
  }

  /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
  return 1;
}
................................................................................
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1);
  autoIncEnd(pParse, iDbDest, pDest, regAutoinc);
  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
    }
    assert( pSrcIdx );
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
    pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc,
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
** accessed by users of the library.
**
** $Id: legacy.c,v 1.32 2009/03/19 18:51:07 danielk1977 Exp $
*/


/*
** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  const char *zLeftover;
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
  char **azCols = 0;

  int nRetry = 0;
  int nCallback;


  if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
  while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
    int nCol;
................................................................................
    }
    if( !pStmt ){
      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
      zSql = zLeftover;
      continue;
    }

    nCallback = 0;
    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);

    while( 1 ){
      int i;
      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);

      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 

          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
        if( 0==nCallback ){
          if( azCols==0 ){
            azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1);
            if( azCols==0 ){
              goto exec_out;
            }
          }
          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
            azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
            /* sqlite3VdbeSetColName() installs column names as UTF8
            ** strings so there is no way for sqlite3_column_name() to fail. */
            assert( azCols[i]!=0 );
          }
          nCallback++;
        }
        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
            azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
            if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
              db->mallocFailed = 1;
................................................................................
  }

exec_out:
  if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);

  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc==sqlite3_errcode(db) && pzErrMsg ){
    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
    if( *pzErrMsg ){
      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
    }
  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
    *pzErrMsg = 0;
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
**
** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.204 2009/02/23 16:52:08 drh Exp $
*/

/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)

/*
................................................................................
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

/*
** Generate code to return a single integer value.
*/
static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, int value){
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, value, mem);
  if( pParse->explain==0 ){



    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
/*
** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries
** or changes one of the flags in db->flags.  Return 1 if so and 0 if not.
................................................................................
      int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
      returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
    }else{
      /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
      ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
      */
      db->nextPagesize = atoi(zRight);
      if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1) ){
        db->mallocFailed = 1;
      }
    }
  }else

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
................................................................................
  **
  ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
  */
  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_size_limit")==0 ){
    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
    i64 iLimit = -2;
    if( zRight ){
      int iLimit32 = atoi(zRight);
      if( iLimit32<-1 ){
        iLimit32 = -1;
      }
      iLimit = iLimit32;
    }
    iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
    returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", (int)iLimit);
  }else

#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
................................................................................
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt);
        cnt++;
        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt);
          cnt++;
        }
      }
      if( cnt==0 ) continue;

      /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */
      if( pParse->nMem < cnt+4 ){
        pParse->nMem = cnt+4;
      }

      /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */
................................................................................
             { OP_Eq,           2,  0,  3},  /* 4 */
             { OP_AddImm,       1, -1,  0},
             { OP_String8,      0,  2,  0},  /* 6 */
             { OP_String8,      0,  3,  0},  /* 7 */
             { OP_Concat,       3,  2,  2},
             { OP_ResultRow,    2,  1,  0},
          };
          if( pIdx->tnum==0 ) continue;
          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx);
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2);
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4);
          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2);
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
** from disk.
**
** $Id: prepare.c,v 1.114 2009/03/24 15:08:10 drh Exp $
*/

/*
** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
** that the database is corrupt.
*/
static void corruptSchema(
................................................................................
** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
** indicate success or failure.
*/
static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
  int rc;

  BtCursor *curMain;
  int size;
  Table *pTab;
  Db *pDb;
  char const *azArg[4];
  int meta[10];
  InitData initData;
................................................................................
  curMain = sqlite3MallocZero(sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
  if( !curMain ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto error_out;
  }
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pDb->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, curMain);

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_EMPTY ){
    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
    goto initone_error_out;
  }

  /* Get the database meta information.
  **
  ** Meta values are as follows:
................................................................................
  **    meta[7]
  **    meta[8]
  **    meta[9]
  **
  ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
  ** the possible values of meta[4].
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(meta); i++){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
      if( rc ){
        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
        goto initone_error_out;
      }
    }
  }else{
    memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta));
  }
  pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[0];

  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
  ** as sqlite3.enc.
................................................................................
  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
  Parse sParse;
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int i;

  assert( ppStmt );
  *ppStmt = 0;
  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }

  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );

  /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all
  ** database schemas.  The inability to get a read lock indicates that
  ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in
  ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes
................................................................................
  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
  int rc;


  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
  rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, pzTail);
  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
................................................................................
  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
  */
  char *zSql8;
  const char *zTail8 = 0;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;



  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes);
  if( zSql8 ){
    rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, &zTail8);
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
**
** $Id: select.c,v 1.506 2009/03/31 03:41:57 shane Exp $
*/


/*
** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate
** the select structure itself.
*/
................................................................................
/*
** Set the value of a token to a '\000'-terminated string.
*/
static void setToken(Token *p, const char *z){
  p->z = (u8*)z;
  p->n = z ? sqlite3Strlen30(z) : 0;
  p->dyn = 0;
}

/*
** Set the token to the double-quoted and escaped version of the string pointed
** to by z. For example;
**
**    {a"bc}  ->  {"a""bc"}
*/
static void setQuotedToken(Parse *pParse, Token *p, const char *z){

  /* Check if the string appears to be quoted using "..." or `...`
  ** or [...] or '...' or if the string contains any " characters.  
  ** If it does, then record a version of the string with the special
  ** characters escaped.
  */
  const char *z2 = z;
  if( *z2!='[' && *z2!='`' && *z2!='\'' ){
    while( *z2 ){
      if( *z2=='"' ) break;
      z2++;
    }
  }

  if( *z2 ){
    /* String contains " characters - copy and quote the string. */
    p->z = (u8 *)sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "\"%w\"", z);
    if( p->z ){
      p->n = sqlite3Strlen30((char *)p->z);
      p->dyn = 1;
    }
  }else{
    /* String contains no " characters - copy the pointer. */
    p->z = (u8*)z;
    p->n = (int)(z2 - z);
    p->dyn = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Create an expression node for an identifier with the name of zName
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
  Token dummy;
................................................................................
  Select *pSelect,       /* The whole SELECT statement */
  int regData            /* Register holding data to be sorted */
){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr;
  int regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+2);
  int regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);

  sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, regBase, 0);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
  sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nExpr + 2, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pOrderBy->iECursor, regRecord);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nExpr+2);
................................................................................
    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i, regResult+i);
    }
  }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){
    /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual
    ** values returned by the SELECT are not required.
    */

    sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, eDest==SRT_Output);
  }
  nColumn = nResultCol;

  /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
  ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
  ** part of the result.
................................................................................
        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%T", pToken);
      }
    }
    if( db->mallocFailed ){
      sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
      break;
    }
    sqlite3Dequote(zName);

    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
    ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
    */
    nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
    for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
      if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
................................................................................

  /* 
  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
  ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be.
  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
  ** no rows.
  */

  if( p->pLimit ){
    p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
    if( v==0 ) return;
    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit);
    VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
................................................................................
static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
  CollSeq *pRet;
  if( p->pPrior ){
    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
  }else{
    pRet = 0;
  }

  if( pRet==0 ){
    pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
  }
  return pRet;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */

/* Forward reference */
................................................................................
        pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew, 0);
        pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].iCol = (u16)i;
      }
    }
  }

  /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with
  ** the permutation in order to comparisons to determine if the next
  ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB.  Also add explicit
  ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries
  ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct
  ** collation.
  */
  aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy);
  if( aPermute ){
................................................................................
**
**  (18)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the
**        ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to 
**        columns of the sub-query.
**
**  (19)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not
**        have a WHERE clause.






**
** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
**
** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
................................................................................

  /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must
  ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries
  ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct
  ** queries.
  */
  if( pSub->pPrior ){



    if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
      return 0;
    }
    for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){
      if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0
       || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) 
       || !pSub1->pSrc || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc!=1
................................................................................
                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
                continue;
              }
            }
            pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
            if( pRight==0 ) break;
            setQuotedToken(pParse, &pRight->token, zName);
            if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
              Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
              pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
              if( pExpr==0 ) break;
              setQuotedToken(pParse, &pLeft->token, zTabName);
              setToken(&pExpr->span, 
                  sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName));
              pExpr->span.dyn = 1;
              pExpr->token.z = 0;
              pExpr->token.n = 0;
              pExpr->token.dyn = 0;
            }else{
................................................................................
static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int i;
  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
  struct AggInfo_col *pC;

  pAggInfo->directMode = 1;

  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
    int nArg;
    int addrNext = 0;
    int regAgg;
    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
    if( pList ){
................................................................................
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem,
                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
    if( addrNext ){
      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);

    }
  }
  for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){
    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
  }
  pAggInfo->directMode = 0;

}

/*
** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.  
**
** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the
** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest
................................................................................
  }

  /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */
  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
    /* This case is for non-aggregate queries
    ** Begin the database scan
    */
    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, 0, 0);
    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;

    /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral 
    ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
    ** into an OP_Noop.
    */
    if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){
................................................................................

      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
      ** in the right order to begin with.
      */
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0, 0);
      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
      if( pGroupBy==0 ){
        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
        ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
        */
        pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
................................................................................
        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
          if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){
            nCol++;
            j++;
          }
        }
        regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);

        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy);
        j = nGroupBy+1;
        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
          struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
          if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){
            int r1 = j + regBase;
................................................................................
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord);
        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
        VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort"));
        sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;

      }

      /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2...
      ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth)
      ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms
      ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2...
      */
      addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);

      for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){
        if( groupBySort ){
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, j, iBMem+j);
        }else{
          sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j);
        }
................................................................................
        }
  
        /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
        ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
        ** of output.
        */
        resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, flag, 0);
        if( pWInfo==0 ){
          sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
          goto select_end;
        }
        updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
        if( !pMinMax && flag ){
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak);
................................................................................
** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
**
** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
** if they are not used.
**
** $Id: table.c,v 1.39 2009/01/19 20:49:10 drh Exp $
*/

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE

/*
** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
*/
typedef struct TabResult {
  char **azResult;
  char *zErrMsg;
  int nResult;
  int nAlloc;
  int nRow;
  int nColumn;
  int nData;
  int rc;
} TabResult;

/*
** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
** memory as necessary.
*/
static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;
  int need;
  int i;
  char *z;

  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
  */
  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
    need = nCol*2;
  }else{
    need = nCol;
  }
  if( p->nData + need >= p->nAlloc ){
    char **azNew;
    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need + 1;
    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
    p->azResult = azNew;
  }

  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
  ** the names of all columns.
................................................................................
  TabResult res;

  *pazResult = 0;
  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
  res.zErrMsg = 0;
  res.nResult = 0;
  res.nRow = 0;
  res.nColumn = 0;
  res.nData = 1;
  res.nAlloc = 20;
  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
  res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
  if( res.azResult==0 ){
................................................................................
  sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
    return rc;
  }
  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
    char **azNew;
    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*(res.nData+1) );
    if( azNew==0 ){
      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
      db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    res.nAlloc = res.nData+1;
    res.azResult = azNew;
  }
  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
  return rc;
}
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
**
** $Id: trigger.c,v 1.135 2009/02/28 10:47:42 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/*
** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
................................................................................
    Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
    Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
    pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig);
    if( pTrig ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
    }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
      Table *pTab;
      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table) + 1;
      pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n);
      assert( pTab!=0 );
      pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
      pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
    }
  }

................................................................................
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
** is set on.
*/
static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
  int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table) + 1;
  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
}


/*
** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
*/
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  assert( pTriggerStep!=0 );
  assert( v!=0 );
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0);
  VdbeComment((v, "begin trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
  while( pTriggerStep ){
    sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, -1);
    orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default)?pTriggerStep->orconf:orconfin;
    pParse->trigStack->orconf = orconf;
    switch( pTriggerStep->op ){
      case TK_SELECT: {
        Select *ss = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep->pSelect, 0);
        if( ss ){
          SelectDest dest;
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle UPDATE statements.
**
** $Id: update.c,v 1.196 2009/02/28 10:47:42 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Forward declaration */
static void updateVirtualTable(
  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
................................................................................
**
** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
** sqlite3_value objects.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i){

  if( pTab && !pTab->pSelect ){
    sqlite3_value *pValue;
    u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
    Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
    VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
    assert( i<pTab->nCol );
    sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, 
                         pCol->affinity, &pValue);
................................................................................
  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
    goto update_cleanup;
  }

  /* Begin the database scan
  */
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid);
  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0,
                             WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, 0);
  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
  okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass;

  /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
  */
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, IsVirtual(pTab)?OP_VRowid:OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid);
  if( !okOnePass ){
    regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
  }

  /* End the database scan loop.
  */
................................................................................
  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
  */
  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
  }

  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    /* 
    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
    ** to be deleting some records.
    */
    if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); 
................................................................................
    regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol);
    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regCols+i);
        continue;
      }
      j = aXRef[i];
      if( new_col_mask&((u32)1<<i) || new_col_mask==0xffffffff ){
        if( j<0 ){
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regCols+i);
          sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i);
        }else{
          sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i);
        }
      }else{
................................................................................
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);

    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginBeforeTrigger);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndBeforeTrigger);
  }

  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    /* Loop over every record that needs updating.  We have to load
    ** the old data for each record to be updated because some columns
    ** might not change and we will need to copy the old value.
    ** Also, the old data is needed to delete the old index entries.
    ** So make the cursor point at the old record.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
................................................................................
      }
    }

    /* Do constraint checks
    */
    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid,
                                    aRegIdx, chngRowid, 1,
                                    onError, addr);

    /* Delete the old indices for the current record.
    */
    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid);
    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx);

    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.
................................................................................
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);

    /* Create the new index entries and the new record.
    */
    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, 
                             aRegIdx, 1, -1, 0);
  }

  /* Increment the row counter 
  */
  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
  }
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
**
** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
**
** $Id: vacuum.c,v 1.86 2009/02/03 16:51:25 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
/*
** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
*/
static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;

  if( !zSql ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
    return sqlite3_errcode(db);
  }
  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){}

  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}

/*
** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
*/
................................................................................
    int nKey;
    char *zKey;
    sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
    if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
  }
#endif

  if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes)
   || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes))
   || db->mallocFailed 
  ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto end_of_vacuum;
  }
  rc = execSql(db, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    goto end_of_vacuum;
................................................................................
  ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database.
  ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a
  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level
  ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was
  ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the
  ** temporary database never needs to be committed.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    u32 meta;
    int i;

    /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
    ** vacuum.  Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
    ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
    ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
................................................................................
    };

    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );

    /* Copy Btree meta values */
    for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){


      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
    }

    rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp));
#endif
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes);
  }

end_of_vacuum:
  /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
  db->flags = saved_flags;
  db->nChange = saved_nChange;
  db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;

................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
**
** $Id: vtab.c,v 1.84 2009/03/24 15:08:10 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE






static int createModule(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
) {
................................................................................
}

/*
** Unlock a virtual table.  When the last lock is removed,
** disconnect the virtual table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){

  pVtab->nRef--;
  assert(db);
  assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) );
  if( pVtab->nRef==0 ){
    if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
      pVtab->pModule->xDisconnect(pVtab);
................................................................................
  ** record of the table. If the module has already been registered,
  ** also call the xConnect method here.
  */
  else {
    Table *pOld;
    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
    const char *zName = pTab->zName;
    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) + 1;
    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
    if( pOld ){
      db->mallocFailed = 1;
      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      return;
    }
    pSchema->db = pParse->db;
................................................................................
** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.  This module is responsible for
** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
** rows.  Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
** so is applicable.  Because this module is responsible for selecting
** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
**
** $Id: where.c,v 1.379 2009/03/29 00:15:54 drh Exp $
*/

/*
** Trace output macros
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0;
#endif
#if 0
# define WHERETRACE(X)  if(sqlite3WhereTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define WHERETRACE(X)
#endif

/* Forward reference
*/
................................................................................
typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo;
typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo;
typedef struct WhereCost WhereCost;

/*
** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators.
** (Note: the same data structure is also reused to hold a group of terms
** separated by OR operators.  But at the top-level, everything is AND
** separated.)
**
** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.  
** The following identity holds:
**
**        WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
**
** When a term is of the form:
................................................................................
** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ.  The WhereLevel.wsFlags field can then be used as
** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints.
** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left
** join.  Tickets #2177 and #2189.
*/
#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ     0x00001000  /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */
#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE  0x00002000  /* rowid<EXPR and/or rowid>EXPR */
#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ    0x00010000  /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) */
#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00020000  /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */
#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN    0x00040000  /* x IN (...) */

#define WHERE_INDEXED      0x00070000  /* Anything that uses an index */
#define WHERE_IN_ABLE      0x00071000  /* Able to support an IN operator */
#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT    0x00100000  /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT    0x00200000  /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY     0x00800000  /* Use index only - omit table */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY      0x01000000  /* Output will appear in correct order */
#define WHERE_REVERSE      0x02000000  /* Scan in reverse order */
#define WHERE_UNIQUE       0x04000000  /* Selects no more than one row */
#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x08000000  /* Use virtual-table processing */
................................................................................
  }else{
    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op);
    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op);
  }
}

/*
** Initialize an expression mask set
*/
#define initMaskSet(P)  memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P))

/*
** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number.  Return 0 if
** iCursor is not in the set.
*/
static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
  int i;

  for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
      return ((Bitmask)1)<<i;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
  int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
  int *pnoCase      /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
){
  const char *z;             /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */
  Expr *pRight, *pLeft;      /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */
  ExprList *pList;           /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */
  int c;                     /* One character in z[] */

  int cnt;                   /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
  char wc[3];                /* Wildcard characters */
  CollSeq *pColl;            /* Collating sequence for LHS */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection */

  if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
    return 0;
................................................................................
    /* No collation is defined for the ROWID.  Use the default. */
    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
  }
  if( (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_BINARY || *pnoCase) &&
      (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE || !*pnoCase) ){
    return 0;
  }
  sqlite3DequoteExpr(pRight);
  z = (char *)pRight->token.z;
  cnt = 0;
  if( z ){

    while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ cnt++; }


  }
  if( cnt==0 || 255==(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
    return 0;
  }
  *pisComplete = z[cnt]==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
  *pnPattern = cnt;
  return 1;
................................................................................

    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
    pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
    pStr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, 0, 0, 0);
    if( pStr1 ){
      sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pStr1->token, &pRight->token);
      pStr1->token.n = nPattern;
      pStr1->flags = EP_Dequoted;
    }
    pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0);
    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
      u8 c, *pC;
      /* assert( pStr2->token.dyn ); */
      pC = (u8*)&pStr2->token.z[nPattern-1];
      c = *pC;
................................................................................
  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed);
  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost);
}
#else
#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A)
#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A)
#endif























































































#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE

























































































































































/*
** Compute the best index for a virtual table.
**
** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual
** table module.  This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up
** the sqlite3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with
** xBestIndex.
................................................................................
** same virtual table.  The sqlite3_index_info structure is created
** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent
** invocations.  The sqlite3_index_info structure is also used when
** code is generated to access the virtual table.  The whereInfoDelete() 
** routine takes care of freeing the sqlite3_index_info structure after
** everybody has finished with it.
*/
static double bestVirtualIndex(
  Parse *pParse,                 /* The parsing context */
  WhereClause *pWC,              /* The WHERE clause */
  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,     /* The FROM clause term to search */
  Bitmask notReady,              /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,            /* The order by clause */
  int orderByUsable,             /* True if we can potential sort */
  sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */
){
  Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab;
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pTab->pVtab;
  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
  struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
  WhereTerm *pTerm;
  int i, j;
  int nOrderBy;
  int rc;







  /* If the sqlite3_index_info structure has not been previously
  ** allocated and initialized for this virtual table, then allocate
  ** and initialize it now
  */
  pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo;
  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
    int nTerm;
    WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pTab->zName));

    /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring
    ** to this virtual table */
    for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
      if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
      assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
      testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
      testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
      if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
      nTerm++;
    }

    /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current 
    ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
    ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
    */
    nOrderBy = 0;
    if( pOrderBy ){
      for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
        Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
        if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break;
      }
      if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){
        nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
      }
    }

    /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure
    */
    pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
                             + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
                             + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
    if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
      /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
      return (double)0;
    }
    *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo;

    /* Initialize the structure.  The sqlite3_index_info structure contains
    ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from
    ** changing them.  We have to do some funky casting in order to
    ** initialize those fields.
    */
    pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
    pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
    pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
    *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
    *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
    *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons;
    *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy;
    *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
                                                                     pUsage;

    for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
      if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
      assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
      testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
      testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
      if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
      pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
      pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
      pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator;
      /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
      ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical.  The
      ** following asserts verify this fact. */
      assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
      assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT );
      assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE );
      assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT );
      assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE );
      assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
      assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) );
      j++;
    }
    for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
      Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
      pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
      pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
    }
  }

  /* At this point, the sqlite3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points
  ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or
  ** during some prior invocation.  Now we just have to customize the
  ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to
  ** xBestIndex.
................................................................................
  */

  /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must
  ** be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Otherwise
  ** sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error. 
  */
  assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] );
  assert( pVtab );
#if 0
  if( pTab->pVtab==0 ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "undefined module %s for table %s",
        pTab->azModuleArg[0], pTab->zName);
    return 0.0;
  }
#endif

  /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all 
  ** output variables to zero.
  **
  ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand
  ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current
  ** table.  In other words, if the constraint is of the form:
................................................................................
  pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
  pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
  /* ((double)2) In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / ((double)2);
  nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy;
  if( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy && !orderByUsable ){
    *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0;
  }

  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(pParse->db);
  WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName));
  TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(pIdxInfo);
  rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, pIdxInfo);
  TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(pIdxInfo);
  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(pParse->db);

  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){





    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
      pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
    }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){

      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));

    }else{
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);

    }
  }
  sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;


  for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++){
    if( !pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].usable && pUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
          "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
      /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
      return (double)0;
    }
  }

  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
  return pIdxInfo->estimatedCost;




}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

/*
** Find the query plan for accessing a particular table.  Write the
** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied as the
** last parameter.
................................................................................
** then the cost is calculated in the usual way.
**
** If a NOT INDEXED clause (pSrc->notIndexed!=0) was attached to the table 
** in the SELECT statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the 
** selected plan may still take advantage of the tables built-in rowid
** index.
*/
static void bestIndex(
  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The ORDER BY clause */
  WhereCost *pCost            /* Lowest cost query plan */
){
................................................................................
  int rev;                    /* True to scan in reverse order */
  int wsFlags;                /* Flags associated with pProbe */
  int nEq;                    /* Number of == or IN constraints */
  int eqTermMask;             /* Mask of valid equality operators */
  double cost;                /* Cost of using pProbe */
  double nRow;                /* Estimated number of rows in result set */
  int i;                      /* Loop counter */
  Bitmask maskSrc;            /* Bitmask for the pSrc table */

  WHERETRACE(("bestIndex: tbl=%s notReady=%llx\n", pSrc->pTab->zName,notReady));
  pProbe = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
  if( pSrc->notIndexed ){
    pProbe = 0;
  }

................................................................................
  ** well put it first in the join order.  That way, perhaps it can be
  ** referenced by other tables in the join.
  */
  memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost));
  if( pProbe==0 &&
     findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE,0)==0 &&
     (pOrderBy==0 || !sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev)) ){







    return;
  }
  pCost->rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;

  /* Check for a rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) constraints. If there was
  ** an INDEXED BY clause attached to this table, skip this step.
  */
................................................................................
    if( cost<pCost->rCost ){
      pCost->rCost = cost;
      pCost->nRow = nRow;
      pCost->plan.wsFlags = wsFlags;
    }
  }

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
  /* Search for an OR-clause that can be used to look up the table.
  */
  maskSrc = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur);
  for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
    WhereClause tempWC;
    tempWC = *pWC;
    if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR 
        && ((pTerm->prereqAll & ~maskSrc) & notReady)==0
        && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & maskSrc)!=0 ){
      WhereClause *pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
      WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
      int j;
      int sortable = 0;
      double rTotal = 0;
      nRow = 0;
      for(j=0, pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; j<pOrWC->nTerm; j++, pOrTerm++){
        WhereCost sTermCost;
        WHERETRACE(("... Multi-index OR testing for term %d of %d....\n", j,i));
        if( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
          WhereClause *pAndWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc;
          bestIndex(pParse, pAndWC, pSrc, notReady, 0, &sTermCost);
        }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){
          tempWC.a = pOrTerm;
          tempWC.nTerm = 1;
          bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, 0, &sTermCost);
        }else{
          continue;
        }
        rTotal += sTermCost.rCost;
        nRow += sTermCost.nRow;
        if( rTotal>=pCost->rCost ) break;
      }
      if( pOrderBy!=0 ){
        if( sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev) && !rev ){
          sortable = 1;
        }else{
          rTotal += nRow*estLog(nRow);
          WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases OR cost to %.9g\n", rTotal));
        }
      }
      WHERETRACE(("... multi-index OR cost=%.9g nrow=%.9g\n",
                  rTotal, nRow));
      if( rTotal<pCost->rCost ){
        pCost->rCost = rTotal;
        pCost->nRow = nRow;
        pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR;
        pCost->plan.u.pTerm = pTerm;
        if( sortable ){
          pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_ORDERBY|WHERE_MULTI_OR;
        }
      }
    }
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */

  /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not
  ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table.  This is
  ** because columns might end up being NULL if the table does not match -
  ** a circumstance which the index cannot help us discover.  Ticket #2177.
  */
  if( (pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
................................................................................
  for(; pProbe; pProbe=(pSrc->pIndex ? 0 : pProbe->pNext)){
    double inMultiplier = 1;  /* Number of equality look-ups needed */
    int inMultIsEst = 0;      /* True if inMultiplier is an estimate */

    WHERETRACE(("... index %s:\n", pProbe->zName));

    /* Count the number of columns in the index that are satisfied
    ** by x=EXPR constraints or x IN (...) constraints.  For a term

    ** of the form x=EXPR we only have to do a single binary search.
    ** But for x IN (...) we have to do a number of binary searched
    ** equal to the number of entries on the RHS of the IN operator.
    ** The inMultipler variable with try to estimate the number of
    ** binary searches needed.
    */
    wsFlags = 0;
    for(i=0; i<pProbe->nColumn; i++){
      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[i];
................................................................................
        wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
        if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
          inMultiplier *= 25;
          inMultIsEst = 1;
        }else if( pExpr->x.pList ){
          inMultiplier *= pExpr->x.pList->nExpr + 1;
        }


      }
    }
    nRow = pProbe->aiRowEst[i] * inMultiplier;
    /* If inMultiplier is an estimate and that estimate results in an
    ** nRow it that is more than half number of rows in the table,
    ** then reduce inMultipler */
    if( inMultIsEst && nRow*2 > pProbe->aiRowEst[0] ){
      nRow = pProbe->aiRowEst[0]/2;
      inMultiplier = nRow/pProbe->aiRowEst[i];
    }
    cost = nRow + inMultiplier*estLog(pProbe->aiRowEst[0]);
    nEq = i;
    if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None && (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0
         && nEq==pProbe->nColumn ){



      wsFlags |= WHERE_UNIQUE;

    }
    WHERETRACE(("...... nEq=%d inMult=%.9g nRow=%.9g cost=%.9g\n",
                nEq, inMultiplier, nRow, cost));

    /* Look for range constraints.  Assume that each range constraint
    ** makes the search space 1/3rd smaller.
    */
................................................................................
                    nRow, cost));
      }
    }

    /* Add the additional cost of sorting if that is a factor.
    */
    if( pOrderBy ){
      if( (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0 &&
           isSortingIndex(pParse,pWC->pMaskSet,pProbe,iCur,pOrderBy,nEq,&rev) ){

        if( wsFlags==0 ){
          wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
        }
        wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY;
        if( rev ){
          wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
        }
................................................................................
  pCost->plan.wsFlags |= eqTermMask;
  WHERETRACE(("best index is %s, cost=%.9g, nrow=%.9g, wsFlags=%x, nEq=%d\n",
        (pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ?
             pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "(none)", pCost->nRow,
        pCost->rCost, pCost->plan.wsFlags, pCost->plan.nEq));
}



























/*
** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
** or USING clause of that join.
**
** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
................................................................................
    if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);
    }
  }
  return regBase;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the WhereClause pWC contains no terms that
** are not virtual and which have not been coded.
**
** To put it another way, return TRUE if no additional WHERE clauses
** tests are required in order to establish that the current row
** should go to output and return FALSE if there are some terms of
** the WHERE clause that need to be validated before outputing the row.
*/
static int whereRowReadyForOutput(WhereClause *pWC){
  WhereTerm *pTerm;
  int j;
 
  for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
    if( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED))==0 ) return 0;
  }
  return 1;
}

/*
** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
** implementation described by pWInfo.
*/
static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart(
  WhereInfo *pWInfo,   /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
  int iLevel,          /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
  u8 wctrlFlags,       /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
  Bitmask notReady     /* Which tables are currently available */
){
  int j, k;            /* Loop counters */
  int iCur;            /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
  int addrNxt;         /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
  int omitTable;       /* True if we use the index only */
  int bRev;            /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
................................................................................
  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */
  WhereTerm *pTerm;               /* A WHERE clause term */
  Parse *pParse;                  /* Parsing context */
  Vdbe *v;                        /* The prepared stmt under constructions */
  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* FROM clause term being coded */
  int addrBrk;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
  int addrCont;                   /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */
  int regRowSet;       /* Write rowids to this RowSet if non-negative */
  int codeRowSetEarly; /* True if index fully constrains the search */
  

  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
  v = pParse->pVdbe;
  pWC = pWInfo->pWC;
  pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel];
  pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
  iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
  bRev = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0;
  omitTable = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0;
  regRowSet = pWInfo->regRowSet;
  codeRowSetEarly = 0;

  /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
  ** for the current loop.  Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop.
  ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
  ** loop.
  **
  ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that
................................................................................
    int nConstraint = pVtabIdx->nConstraint;
    struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage =
                                                pVtabIdx->aConstraintUsage;
    const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint =
                                                pVtabIdx->aConstraint;

    iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
    pParse->disableColCache++;
    for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){
      for(k=0; k<nConstraint; k++){
        if( aUsage[k].argvIndex==j ){
          int iTerm = aConstraint[k].iTermOffset;
          assert( pParse->disableColCache );
          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr->pRight, iReg+j+1);
          break;
        }
      }
      if( k==nConstraint ) break;
    }
    assert( pParse->disableColCache );
    pParse->disableColCache--;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pVtabIdx->idxNum, iReg);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrBrk, iReg, pVtabIdx->idxStr,
                      pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC);
    pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
    for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){
      if( aUsage[j].omit ){
................................................................................
        int iTerm = aConstraint[j].iTermOffset;
        disableTerm(pLevel, &pWC->a[iTerm]);
      }
    }
    pLevel->op = OP_VNext;
    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    codeRowSetEarly = regRowSet>=0 ? whereRowReadyForOutput(pWC) : 0;
    if( codeRowSetEarly ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_VRowid, iCur, iReg);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, iReg);
    }
    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
  }else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

  if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){
    /* Case 1:  We can directly reference a single row using an
    **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
    **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
    **          construct.
    */
    int r1;
    int rtmp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
    assert( pTerm!=0 );
    assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
    assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur );
    assert( omitTable==0 );
    r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, rtmp);
    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, addrNxt);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, r1);
    codeRowSetEarly = (pWC->nTerm==1 && regRowSet>=0) ?1:0;
    if( codeRowSetEarly ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, r1);
    }
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rtmp);
    VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
    pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
  }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){
    /* Case 2:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
    */
    int testOp = OP_Noop;
    int start;
................................................................................
      disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
    }
    start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
    pLevel->p2 = start;
    pLevel->p5 = (pStart==0 && pEnd==0) ?1:0;
    codeRowSetEarly = regRowSet>=0 ? whereRowReadyForOutput(pWC) : 0;
    if( codeRowSetEarly || testOp!=OP_Noop ){
      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, r1);
      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){

        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, r1);
        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
      }
      if( codeRowSetEarly ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, r1);
      }
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
    }
  }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){
    /* Case 3: A scan using an index.
    **
    **         The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality 
    **         terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
    **         left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
................................................................................
    startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
    endEq =   !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
    start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;

    /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
    nConstraint = nEq;
    if( pRangeStart ){
      int dcc = pParse->disableColCache;
      if( pRangeEnd ){
        pParse->disableColCache++;
      }
      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight, regBase+nEq);
      pParse->disableColCache = dcc;
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
      nConstraint++;
    }else if( isMinQuery ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
      nConstraint++;
      startEq = 0;
      start_constraints = 1;
................................................................................
                      SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nConstraint), P4_INT32);

    /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
    ** range (if any).
    */
    nConstraint = nEq;
    if( pRangeEnd ){

      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight, regBase+nEq);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
      codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, pIdx);
      nConstraint++;
    }

    /* Top of the loop body */
................................................................................
    r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
    testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT );
    testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT );
    if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, addrCont);
    }


    /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
    disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
    disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
    codeRowSetEarly = regRowSet>=0 ? whereRowReadyForOutput(pWC) : 0;
    if( !omitTable || codeRowSetEarly ){

      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, r1);
      if( codeRowSetEarly ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, r1);
      }else{
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, r1);  /* Deferred seek */
      }
    }
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);

    /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable 
    ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
    */
    pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
    pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
  }else
................................................................................
    **   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
    **   CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b);
    **   CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c);
    **
    **   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13)
    **
    ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR.
    ** The top of the loop is constructed by creating a RowSet object
    ** and populating it.  Then looping over elements of the rowset.

    **







    **        Null 1
    **        # fill RowSet 1 with entries where a=5 using i1
    **        # fill Rowset 1 with entries where b=7 using i2
    **        # fill Rowset 1 with entries where c=11 and d=13 i3 and t1
    **     A: RowSetRead 1, B, 2
    **        Seek       i, 2
    **
    ** The bottom of the loop looks like this:


    **
    **        Goto       0, A


    **     B:






    */
    int regOrRowset;       /* Register holding the RowSet object */
    int regNextRowid;      /* Register holding next rowid */
    WhereClause *pOrWc;    /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
    WhereTerm *pOrTerm;    /* A single subterm within the OR-clause */
    SrcList oneTab;        /* Shortened table list */







   
    pTerm = pLevel->plan.u.pTerm;
    assert( pTerm!=0 );
    assert( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR );
    assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );
    pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
    codeRowSetEarly = (regRowSet>=0 && pWC->nTerm==1) ?1:0;

    if( codeRowSetEarly ){
      regOrRowset = regRowSet;
    }else{
      regOrRowset = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOrRowset);
    }
    oneTab.nSrc = 1;
    oneTab.nAlloc = 1;
    oneTab.a[0] = *pTabItem;
    for(j=0, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; j<pOrWc->nTerm; j++, pOrTerm++){
      WhereInfo *pSubWInfo;
      if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCur && pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_AND ) continue;
      pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, &oneTab, pOrTerm->pExpr, 0,
                        WHERE_FILL_ROWSET | WHERE_OMIT_OPEN | WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE,
                        regOrRowset);
      if( pSubWInfo ){
        sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
      }
    }
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont);
    if( !codeRowSetEarly ){
      regNextRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
      addrCont = 
         sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regOrRowset,addrBrk,regNextRowid);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, regNextRowid);
      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regNextRowid);
      /* sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regOrRowset); // Preserve the RowSet */
      pLevel->op = OP_Goto;
      pLevel->p2 = addrCont;
    }else{
      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
    }























    disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
  }else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */

  {
    /* Case 5:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
    **          scan of the entire table.
................................................................................
    static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last };
    assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 );
    assert( omitTable==0 );
    pLevel->op = aStep[bRev];
    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
    pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk);
    pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
    codeRowSetEarly = 0;
  }
  notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur);

  /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
  ** computed using the current set of tables.
  */
  k = 0;
................................................................................
    if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
    assert( pE!=0 );
    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
      continue;
    }
    pParse->disableColCache += k;
    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
    pParse->disableColCache -= k;
    k = 1;
    pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
  }

  /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
  ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
  */
  if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
    pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
    VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
    sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, pLevel->iTabCur);
    sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, pLevel->iIdxCur);
    for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; j<pWC->nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
      if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
      assert( pTerm->pExpr );
      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
    }
  }

  /*
  ** If it was requested to store the results in a rowset and that has
  ** not already been do, then do so now.
  */
  if( regRowSet>=0 && !codeRowSetEarly ){
    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    if(  (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_VRowid, iCur, r1);
    }else
#endif
    {
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, r1);
    }
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, r1);
    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
  }

  return notReady;
}

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated
................................................................................
*/
static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){
  if( pWInfo ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){
      sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo;
      if( pInfo ){
        assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 || db->mallocFailed );
        if( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
          sqlite3_free(pInfo->idxStr);
        }
        sqlite3DbFree(db, pInfo);
      }
    }
    whereClauseClear(pWInfo->pWC);
................................................................................
** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
  SrcList *pTabList,    /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause */
  ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */
  u8 wctrlFlags,        /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
  int regRowSet         /* Register hold RowSet if WHERE_FILL_ROWSET is set */
){
  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
  int nByteWInfo;            /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
  Bitmask notReady;          /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;    /* The expression mask set */
................................................................................
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    goto whereBeginError;
  }
  pWInfo->nLevel = pTabList->nSrc;
  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
  pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
  pWInfo->regRowSet = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_FILL_ROWSET) ? regRowSet : -1;
  pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause *)&((u8 *)pWInfo)[nByteWInfo];
  pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
  pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1];

  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
  */
................................................................................
    int bestJ = 0;              /* The value of j */
    Bitmask m;                  /* Bitmask value for j or bestJ */
    int once = 0;               /* True when first table is seen */

    memset(&bestPlan, 0, sizeof(bestPlan));
    bestPlan.rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
    for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; j<pTabList->nSrc; j++, pTabItem++){
      int doNotReorder;  /* True if this table should not be reordered */
      WhereCost sCost;   /* Cost information from bestIndex() */


      doNotReorder =  (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0;
      if( once && doNotReorder ) break;
      m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
      if( (m & notReady)==0 ){
        if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++;
        continue;
      }


      assert( pTabItem->pTab );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){
        sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx; /* Current virtual index */
        sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo;
        sCost.rCost = bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, notReady,
                                       ppOrderBy ? *ppOrderBy : 0, i==0,
                                       ppIdxInfo);
        sCost.plan.wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
        sCost.plan.u.pVtabIdx = pVtabIdx = *ppIdxInfo;
        if( pVtabIdx && pVtabIdx->orderByConsumed ){
          sCost.plan.wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE | WHERE_ORDERBY;
        }
        sCost.plan.nEq = 0;
        /* (double)2 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
        if( (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2))<sCost.rCost ){
          /* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the
          ** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then
          ** the (cost<lowestCost) test below will never be true.
          */ 
          /* (double)2 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
          sCost.rCost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2));
        }
      }else 
#endif
      {
        bestIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, notReady,
                  (i==0 && ppOrderBy) ? *ppOrderBy : 0, &sCost);
      }
      if( once==0 || sCost.rCost<bestPlan.rCost ){
        once = 1;
        bestPlan = sCost;
        bestJ = j;
      }
      if( doNotReorder ) break;
................................................................................
        ** guaranteed to find the index specified in the INDEXED BY clause
        ** if it find an index at all. */
        assert( bestPlan.plan.u.pIdx==pIdx );
      }
    }
  }
  WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    goto whereBeginError;
  }

  /* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY
  ** clause is irrelevant.
  */
  if( (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 && ppOrderBy ){
................................................................................
  int i;
  WhereLevel *pLevel;
  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  /* Generate loop termination code.
  */
  sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, -1);
  for(i=pTabList->nSrc-1; i>=0; i--){
    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont);
    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2);
      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5);
    }
................................................................................
    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
      int addr;
      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
      if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
      }



      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst);

      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
    }
  }

  /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop.
  ** Set it.
  */
................................................................................
  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy331);
}
        break;
      case 36: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */
{
  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;


}
        break;
      case 37: /* columnid ::= nm */
{
  sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
}
................................................................................
*************************************************************************
** An tokenizer for SQL
**
** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
** parser for analysis.
**
** $Id: tokenize.c,v 1.155 2009/03/31 03:41:57 shane Exp $
*/

/*
** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
** to adjust the encoding.  Only alphabetic characters and underscores
................................................................................
  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
  assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 );
  assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 );
  assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 );
  enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
  if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;

  while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
    assert( i>=0 );
    pParse->sLastToken.z = (u8*)&zSql[i];
    assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );

    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
    if( i>mxSqlLen ){
      pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
      break;
    }
    switch( tokenType ){
................................................................................
** An tokenizer for SQL
**
** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file.  But by
** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
** static links that do not use it.
**
** $Id: complete.c,v 1.7 2008/06/13 18:24:27 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE

/*
** This is defined in tokenize.c.  We just have to import the definition.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
................................................................................
  ** statement.  This is the normal case.
  */
  static const u8 trans[7][8] = {
                     /* Token:                                                */
     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END  */
     /* 0   START: */ {    0,  0,     1,      2,      3,    1,       1,   1,  },
     /* 1  NORMAL: */ {    0,  1,     1,      1,      1,    1,       1,   1,  },
     /* 2 EXPLAIN: */ {    0,  2,     1,      1,      3,    1,       1,   1,  },
     /* 3  CREATE: */ {    0,  3,     1,      1,      1,    3,       4,   1,  },
     /* 4 TRIGGER: */ {    5,  4,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   4,  },
     /* 5    SEMI: */ {    5,  5,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   6,  },
     /* 6     END: */ {    0,  6,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   4,  },
  };
#else
  /* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
** accessed by users of the library.
**
** $Id: main.c,v 1.534 2009/03/23 04:33:32 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
/*
** 2006 Oct 10
................................................................................
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
    memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
    sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();


    rc = sqlite3_os_init();

    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
      sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, 
          sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);

    }
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = (rc==SQLITE_OK ? 1 : 0);
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);

  /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
  ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
  */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
................................................................................
  return rc;
}

/*
** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize().  Must not be called while
** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread.  This
** routine is not threadsafe.  Not by a long shot.


*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){

  sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
  sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
    sqlite3_os_end();
  }

  sqlite3MallocEnd();
  sqlite3MutexEnd();
  sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
** the SQLite library at run-time.
**
................................................................................
  }
  db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
  db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
  db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz;
  if( pStart ){
    int i;
    LookasideSlot *p;
    assert( sz > sizeof(LookasideSlot*) );
    p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
    for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
      p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
      db->lookaside.pFree = p;
      p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz];
    }
    db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
................................................................................
}

/*
** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
** argument.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
  const char *z;
  switch( rc & 0xff ){
    case SQLITE_ROW:
    case SQLITE_DONE:
    case SQLITE_OK:         z = "not an error";                          break;
    case SQLITE_ERROR:      z = "SQL logic error or missing database";   break;
    case SQLITE_PERM:       z = "access permission denied";              break;
    case SQLITE_ABORT:      z = "callback requested query abort";        break;
    case SQLITE_BUSY:       z = "database is locked";                    break;

    case SQLITE_LOCKED:     z = "database table is locked";              break;
    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      z = "out of memory";                         break;

    case SQLITE_READONLY:   z = "attempt to write a readonly database";  break;
    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  z = "interrupted";                           break;
    case SQLITE_IOERR:      z = "disk I/O error";                        break;


    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    z = "database disk image is malformed";      break;

    case SQLITE_FULL:       z = "database or disk is full";              break;
    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   z = "unable to open database file";          break;

    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      z = "table contains no data";                break;
    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     z = "database schema has changed";           break;
    case SQLITE_TOOBIG:     z = "String or BLOB exceeded size limit";    break;
    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: z = "constraint failed";                     break;
    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   z = "datatype mismatch";                     break;
    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     z = "library routine called out of sequence";break;
    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      z = "large file support is disabled";        break;
    case SQLITE_AUTH:       z = "authorization denied";                  break;
    case SQLITE_FORMAT:     z = "auxiliary database format error";       break;
    case SQLITE_RANGE:      z = "bind or column index out of range";     break;
    case SQLITE_NOTADB:     z = "file is encrypted or is not a database";break;
    default:                z = "unknown error";                         break;
  }


  return z;



}

/*
** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
** argument.
................................................................................

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
      (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
      (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
      (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
      (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
      (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zFunctionName))) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "bad parameters");
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
................................................................................
** properly.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(
  sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zName,
  int nArg
){
  int nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName);
  int rc;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
    sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
                      0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0);
  }
  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
................................................................................
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
  db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
  db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return pRet;
}

































/*
** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree
** driver.  If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is
** opened and used.  If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then
** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as
** the connection is closed.)  If zFilename is NULL then the database
** is a "virtual" database for transient use only and is deleted as
** soon as the connection is closed.
**
** A virtual database can be either a disk file (that is automatically
** deleted when the file is closed) or it an be held entirely in memory,
** depending on the values of the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE compile-time macro and the
** db->temp_store variable, according to the following chart:
**
**   SQLITE_TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
**   -----------------     --------------     ------------------------------
**   0                     any                file
**   1                     1                  file
**   1                     2                  memory
**   1                     0                  file
**   2                     1                  file
**   2                     2                  memory
**   2                     0                  memory
**   3                     any                memory
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFactory(
  const sqlite3 *db,        /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */
  const char *zFilename,    /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
  int omitJournal,          /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */
  int nCache,               /* How many pages in the page cache */
  int vfsFlags,             /* Flags passed through to vfsOpen */
................................................................................
  assert( ppBtree != 0);
  if( omitJournal ){
    btFlags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL;
  }
  if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){
    btFlags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK;
  }
  if( zFilename==0 ){
#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0
    /* Do nothing */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1
    if( db->temp_store==2 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
#endif
#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2
    if( db->temp_store!=1 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
#endif
#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3

    zFilename = ":memory:";
#endif
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB */
  }


  if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (zFilename==0 || *zFilename==0) ){
    vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
  }
  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, (sqlite3 *)db, ppBtree, btFlags, vfsFlags);

  /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
................................................................................
  
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );

  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
  */
  enc2 = enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED;
  if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ){


    enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
  }
  if( (enc2&~3)!=0 ){

    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }

  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
  */
  nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName);
  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, nName, 0);
  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
    if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
        "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
      return SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
................................................................................
  const char *zVfs       /* Name of the VFS to use */
){
  sqlite3 *db;
  int rc;
  CollSeq *pColl;
  int isThreadsafe;


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
  if( rc ) return rc;
#endif

  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
    isThreadsafe = 0;
................................................................................
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
                 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
                 | SQLITE_LoadExtension
#endif
      ;
  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, 0);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule, 0);
#endif

  db->pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
  if( !db->pVfs ){
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
    goto opendb_out;
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify()
** API method and its associated functionality.
**
** $Id: notify.c,v 1.2 2009/03/25 16:51:43 drh Exp $
*/

/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY

/*
** Public interfaces:
................................................................................
  db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
  *pp = db;
}

/*
** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
*/
static void enterMutex(){
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
  checkListProperties(0);
}

/*
** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
*/
static void leaveMutex(){
  assertMutexHeld();
  checkListProperties(0);
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}

/*
** Register an unlock-notify callback.


















*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
  sqlite3 *db,
  void (*xNotify)(void **, int),
  void *pArg
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  enterMutex();






  if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
    /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a 
    ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
    ** immediately. 
    */
    xNotify(&pArg, 1);
  }else{
    sqlite3 *p;

    for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection);
    if( p ){
      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;              /* Deadlock detected. */
    }else{
      db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection;
      db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify;
      db->pUnlockArg = pArg;
      removeFromBlockedList(db);
................................................................................
    addToBlockedList(db);
  }
  db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker;
  leaveMutex();
}

/*

** The transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held 
** by database connection db have been released.
**
** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
** list and does the following:
**
**   1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is
**      set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0.
................................................................................
**      pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections
**      list.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){
  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */
  int nArg = 0;                            /* Number of entries in aArg[] */
  sqlite3 **pp;                            /* Iterator variable */




  void *aStatic[16];
  void **aArg = aStatic;
  void **aDyn = 0;

  enterMutex();         /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */

  /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
    sqlite3 *p = *pp;

    /* Step 1. */

/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.6.14.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% are more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines
** the programming interface to the SQLite library.  (If you do not have 
** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy in the first
** 5533 lines past this header comment.)  Additional code files may be
** needed if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of
** programming language.  The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell
** is also in a separate file.  This file contains only code for the core
** SQLite library.
**
** This amalgamation was generated on 2009-05-06 16:30:49 UTC.
*/
#define SQLITE_CORE 1
#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE
# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_API
................................................................................
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqliteInt.h,v 1.868 2009/05/04 11:42:30 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
#define _SQLITEINT_H_

/*
** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
** autoconf-based build
................................................................................
#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)+\
    defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE)+defined(SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE)+\
    defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE)==0
# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
#endif

/*
** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the
** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
#endif

/*
** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems.  But Mac OS X is different.
** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told,
................................................................................
*/
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
# define TESTONLY(X)  X
#else
# define TESTONLY(X)
#endif

/*
** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization
** to setup for a later assert() statement.  We do not want this code to
** appear when assert() is disabled.  The following macro is therefore
** used to contain that setup code.  The "VVA" acronym stands for
** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation".  In other words, the
** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
# define VVA_ONLY(X)  X
#else
# define VVA_ONLY(X)
#endif

/*
** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which 
** are intended to always be true or false, respectively.  Such
** expressions could be omitted from the code completely.  But they
** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
................................................................................
# define likely(X)    __builtin_expect((X),1)
# define unlikely(X)  __builtin_expect((X),0)
#else
# define likely(X)    !!(X)
# define unlikely(X)  !!(X)
#endif















/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/
/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
................................................................................
** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
**
** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
** part of the build process.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqlite.h.in,v 1.447 2009/04/30 15:59:56 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
#define _SQLITE3_H_
#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */

/*
** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
................................................................................
** The Z value is the release number and is incremented with
** each release but resets back to 0 whenever Y is incremented.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()] and [sqlite3_libversion_number()].
**
** Requirements: [H10011] [H10014]
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION         "3.6.14"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER  3006014

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {H10020} <S60100>
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version
**
** These features provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION]
** and [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] #defines in the header, but are associated
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))

#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8) )

/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations {H10230} <H11120> <H12700>
**
** These bit values are intended for use in the
** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
................................................................................
**
** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
** these integer values as the second argument.
**
** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
*/
#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010

/*
................................................................................
**
** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  Only an effective call
** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
** are harmless no-ops.
**
** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  Only
** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
** All other calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.
**
** Among other things, sqlite3_initialize() shall invoke
** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, sqlite3_shutdown()
** shall invoke sqlite3_os_end().
**
** The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
** If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
................................................................................
** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
** Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
** or [DELETE] statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
** triggers are not counted. Use the [sqlite3_total_changes()] function
** to find the total number of changes including changes caused by triggers.
**
** Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger]
** are not counted.  Only real table changes are counted.
**
** A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution,
** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other
** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.
**
** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. 
** Most SQL statements are
** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
**
** Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
** not create a new trigger context.
................................................................................
** that also occurred at the top level.  Within the body of a trigger,
** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
** statement within the body of the same trigger.
** However, the number returned does not include changes
** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.
**




** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface and the





** [count_changes pragma].
**
** Requirements:
** [H12241] [H12243]
**
** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified {H12260} <S10600>
**
** This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT],
** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened.
** The count includes all changes from all 
** [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts.  However,
** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints,
** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing.  The
** count does not rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], though if
** the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes are
** counted.
** The changes are counted as soon as the statement that makes them is
** completed (when the statement handle is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or
** [sqlite3_finalize()]).
**











** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface and the
** [count_changes pragma].
**
** Requirements:
** [H12261] [H12263]
**
** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
................................................................................
** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
**
** An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
** If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
** will be rolled back automatically.
**
** The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  Any new SQL statements
** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  New SQL statements
** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
** A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
**
** Requirements:
** [H12271] [H12272]
**
** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
** is running then bad things will likely happen.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete {H10510} <S70200>
**
** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
** SQLite for parsing.  These routines return 1 if the input string
** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  A statement is judged to be
** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  Semicolons that are embedded within
** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  Whitespace
** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
**
** These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  If a
** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
**
** These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
**
** If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.
**
** Requirements: [H10511] [H10512]
**
** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
** UTF-8 string.
**
** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
................................................................................
** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
**
** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
** requested is ok.  When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
** access is denied. 






**
** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. The second parameter
** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
** the particular action to be authorized. The third through sixth parameters
** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
** details about the action to be authorized.
**
** If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
** columns of a table.
** If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
**
** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
................................................................................
** When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
** statement might be reprepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
**
** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
**
** Requirements:
** [H12501] [H12502] [H12503] [H12504] [H12505] [H12506] [H12507] [H12510]
** [H12511] [H12512] [H12520] [H12521] [H12522]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
  sqlite3*,
................................................................................
** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement {H13010} <S10000>
** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
**
** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
** program using one of these routines.
**
** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
**
** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
** use UTF-16.
**
** If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
................................................................................
** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
** the nul-terminator bytes.
**
** If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
** what remains uncompiled.
**
** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
** to NULL.  If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
** ppStmt may not be NULL.
**
** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned, otherwise an [error code] is returned.
**
** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
** In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
................................................................................
**
** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
** and a UTF-16 string for sqlite3_create_collation16(). In all cases
** the name is passed as the second function argument.
**
** The third argument may be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8],
** [SQLITE_UTF16LE], or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied
** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
** UTF-16 little-endian, or UTF-16 big-endian, respectively. The
** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16] to indicate that the routine
** expects pointers to be UTF-16 strings in the native byte order, or the
** argument can be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] if the
** the routine expects pointers to 16-bit word aligned strings
** of UTF-16 in the native byte order.
**
** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
** argument.  If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore).
** Each time the application supplied function is invoked, it is passed
** as its first parameter a copy of the void* passed as the fourth argument
** to sqlite3_create_collation() or sqlite3_create_collation16().
................................................................................
** except that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for
** the collation.  The destructor is called when the collation is
** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer
** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2().
** Collations are destroyed when they are overridden by later calls to the
** collation creation functions or when the [database connection] is closed
** using [sqlite3_close()].
**
** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
**
** Requirements:
** [H16603] [H16604] [H16606] [H16609] [H16612] [H16615] [H16618] [H16621]
** [H16624] [H16627] [H16630]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
  sqlite3*, 
................................................................................
**
** If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory.  If this variable
** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
** temporary file directory.
**
** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
** thread.
** It is intended that this variable be set once
** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
** thereafter.
**
** The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  Furthermore,
** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
** using [sqlite3_free].
** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode {H12930} <S60200>
** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
**
................................................................................
typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object {H18000} <S20400>
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** This structure, sometimes called a a "virtual table module", 
** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
**
** A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
** The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
** any database connection.
*/
struct sqlite3_module {
  int iVersion;
  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
               int argc, const char *const*argv,
               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
................................................................................

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information {H18100} <S20400>
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to
** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
** results into the **Outputs** fields.
**
** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
**
** <pre>column OP expr</pre>
**
................................................................................
** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
** The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms in the correct
** form that refer to the particular virtual table being queried.
**
** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
**
** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  If argvIndex>0 then
** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  If aConstraintUsage[].omit
** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.
**
** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
** [xFilter] method.
** [sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only iff
** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
**
** The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
** sorting step is required.
**
** The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
** particular lookup.  A full scan of a table with N entries should have
** a cost of N.  A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
** cost of approximately log(N).



*/
struct sqlite3_index_info {
  /* Inputs */
  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18200} <S20400>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** This routine is used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
** Module names must be registered before
** creating a new [virtual table] using the module, or before using a
** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
**
** The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
** by the first parameter.  The name of the module is given by the 
** second parameter.  The third parameter is a pointer to
** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   The fourth
** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
**
** This interface has exactly the same effect as calling
** [sqlite3_create_module_v2()] with a NULL client data destructor.
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module(
  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18210} <S20400>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** This routine is identical to the [sqlite3_create_module()] method,
** except that it has an extra parameter to specify 
** a destructor function for the client data pointer.  SQLite will
** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  
*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object {H18010} <S20400>
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
** of the following structure to describe a particular instance
** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
** common to all module implementations.
**
** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  After the error message
** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.






*/
struct sqlite3_vtab {
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
  int nRef;                       /* Used internally */
  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object  {H18020} <S20400>
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
** [virtual table] and are used
** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cussors are used
** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
**
** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
** are common to all implementations.



*/
struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table {H18280} <S20400>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
** [virtual table module] call this interface
** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
** the virtual tables they implement.



*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table {H18300} <S20400>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
** But global versions of those functions
** must exist in order to be overloaded.
**
** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
** before this API is called, a new function is created.  The implementation
** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
** by a [virtual table].



*/
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);

/*
** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
** used in SQLite.
**
** $Id: hash.h,v 1.15 2009/05/02 13:29:38 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_

/* Forward declarations of structures. */
typedef struct Hash Hash;
typedef struct HashElem HashElem;

/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
** this structure opaque.
**
** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list.
** Hash.first points to the head of this list.
**
** There are Hash.htsize buckets.  Each bucket points to a spot in
** the global doubly-linked list.  The contents of the bucket are the
** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
**
** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero.  In that case lookup is done
** by a linear search of the global list.  For small tables, the 
** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
** the hash table.
*/
struct Hash {

  unsigned int htsize;      /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
  unsigned int count;       /* Number of entries in this table */
  HashElem *first;          /* The first element of the array */
  struct _ht {              /* the hash table */
    int count;                 /* Number of entries with this hash */
    HashElem *chain;           /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
  } *ht;
};
................................................................................
/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
** be opaque because it is used by macros.
*/
struct HashElem {
  HashElem *next, *prev;       /* Next and previous elements in the table */
  void *data;                  /* Data associated with this element */
  const char *pKey; int nKey;  /* Key associated with this element */
};

/*
** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);

/*
** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
** like this:
**
**   Hash h;
................................................................................
**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
**     // do something with pData
**   }
*/
#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
/* #define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */
/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)  // NOT USED */

/*
** Number of entries in a hash table
*/
/* #define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count) // NOT USED */

#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */

/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
................................................................................
#define ROUND8(x)     (((x)+7)&~7)

/*
** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8
*/
#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)

/*
** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
*/
#define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)

/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
**
** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
** of what each interface routine does.
**
** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.114 2009/05/04 11:42:30 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _BTREE_H_
#define _BTREE_H_

/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
** needs to be revisited.
*/
................................................................................
#define BTREE_READWRITE    16  /* Open for both reading and writing */
#define BTREE_CREATE       32  /* Create the database if it does not exist */

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
................................................................................
  int bias,
  int *pRes
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
                                  const void *pData, int nData,
                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures.  So make the
** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
#else
# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) 
# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
#endif

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);




SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*);



#ifndef NDEBUG
  /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
#endif
#else

# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)

# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)




# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(X,Y)

# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
#endif


#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */

/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
................................................................................
*************************************************************************
** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
**
** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
**
** $Id: vdbe.h,v 1.141 2009/04/10 00:56:29 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_

/*
** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
................................................................................
#define OP_SCopy                                9
#define OP_Eq                                  74   /* same as TK_EQ       */
#define OP_OpenWrite                           10
#define OP_NotNull                             72   /* same as TK_NOTNULL  */
#define OP_If                                  11
#define OP_ToInt                              142   /* same as TK_TO_INT   */
#define OP_String8                             94   /* same as TK_STRING   */

#define OP_CollSeq                             12
#define OP_OpenRead                            13
#define OP_Expire                              14
#define OP_AutoCommit                          15
#define OP_Gt                                  75   /* same as TK_GT       */
#define OP_Pagecount                           16
#define OP_IntegrityCk                         17
#define OP_Sort                                18
#define OP_Copy                                20
#define OP_Trace                               21
#define OP_Function                            22
#define OP_IfNeg                               23
#define OP_And                                 67   /* same as TK_AND      */
#define OP_Subtract                            85   /* same as TK_MINUS    */
#define OP_Noop                                24
#define OP_Return                              25
#define OP_Remainder                           88   /* same as TK_REM      */
#define OP_NewRowid                            26
#define OP_Multiply                            86   /* same as TK_STAR     */
#define OP_Variable                            27
#define OP_String                              28
#define OP_RealAffinity                        29
#define OP_VRename                             30
#define OP_ParseSchema                         31
#define OP_VOpen                               32
#define OP_Close                               33
#define OP_CreateIndex                         34
#define OP_IsUnique                            35
#define OP_NotFound                            36
#define OP_Int64                               37
#define OP_MustBeInt                           38
#define OP_Halt                                39
#define OP_Rowid                               40
#define OP_IdxLT                               41
#define OP_AddImm                              42
#define OP_Statement                           43
#define OP_RowData                             44
#define OP_MemMax                              45
#define OP_Or                                  66   /* same as TK_OR       */
#define OP_NotExists                           46
#define OP_Gosub                               47
#define OP_Divide                              87   /* same as TK_SLASH    */
#define OP_Integer                             48
#define OP_ToNumeric                          141   /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
#define OP_Prev                                49
#define OP_RowSetRead                          50
#define OP_Concat                              89   /* same as TK_CONCAT   */
#define OP_RowSetAdd                           51
#define OP_BitAnd                              80   /* same as TK_BITAND   */
#define OP_VColumn                             52
#define OP_CreateTable                         53
#define OP_Last                                54
#define OP_SeekLe                              55
#define OP_IsNull                              71   /* same as TK_ISNULL   */
#define OP_IncrVacuum                          56
#define OP_IdxRowid                            57
#define OP_ShiftRight                          83   /* same as TK_RSHIFT   */
#define OP_ResetCount                          58
#define OP_ContextPush                         59
#define OP_Yield                               60
#define OP_DropTrigger                         61
#define OP_DropIndex                           62
#define OP_IdxGE                               63
#define OP_IdxDelete                           64
#define OP_Vacuum                              65
#define OP_IfNot                               68
#define OP_DropTable                           69
#define OP_SeekLt                              70
#define OP_MakeRecord                          79
#define OP_ToBlob                             140   /* same as TK_TO_BLOB  */
#define OP_ResultRow                           90
#define OP_Delete                              91
#define OP_AggFinal                            92
#define OP_Compare                             95
#define OP_ShiftLeft                           82   /* same as TK_LSHIFT   */
#define OP_Goto                                96
#define OP_TableLock                           97
#define OP_Clear                               98
#define OP_Le                                  76   /* same as TK_LE       */
#define OP_VerifyCookie                        99
#define OP_AggStep                            100
#define OP_ToText                             139   /* same as TK_TO_TEXT  */
#define OP_Not                                 19   /* same as TK_NOT      */
#define OP_ToReal                             143   /* same as TK_TO_REAL  */
#define OP_SetNumColumns                      101
#define OP_Transaction                        102
#define OP_VFilter                            103
#define OP_Ne                                  73   /* same as TK_NE       */
#define OP_VDestroy                           104
#define OP_ContextPop                         105
#define OP_BitOr                               81   /* same as TK_BITOR    */
#define OP_Next                               106
#define OP_Count                              107
#define OP_IdxInsert                          108
#define OP_Lt                                  77   /* same as TK_LT       */
#define OP_SeekGe                             109
#define OP_Insert                             110
#define OP_Destroy                            111
#define OP_ReadCookie                         112
#define OP_RowSetTest                         113
#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       114
#define OP_Explain                            115
#define OP_HaltIfNull                         116
#define OP_OpenPseudo                         117
#define OP_OpenEphemeral                      118
#define OP_Null                               119
#define OP_Move                               120
................................................................................
#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002  /* out2-prerelease: */
#define OPFLG_IN1             0x0004  /* in1:   P1 is an input */
#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0008  /* in2:   P2 is an input */
#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */
#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0020  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x08, 0x02, 0x00,\
/*   8 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  16 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05,\
/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x05, 0x00,\
/*  40 */ 0x02, 0x11, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x11, 0x01,\
/*  48 */ 0x02, 0x01, 0x21, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x11,\
/*  56 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11,\
/*  64 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x05, 0x00, 0x11, 0x05,\
/*  72 */ 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x00,\
/*  80 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\
/*  88 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00,\
/*  96 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\
/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x08, 0x11, 0x00, 0x02,\
/* 112 */ 0x02, 0x15, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00,\
/* 128 */ 0x11, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\
}

/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,char*,int);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);


#ifndef NDEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
**
** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.101 2009/04/30 09:10:38 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

#ifndef _PAGER_H_
#define _PAGER_H_

/*
** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative 
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 

/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);

................................................................................
** statements.
*/
struct Schema {
  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */

  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this schema */
  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  sqlite3 *db;         /* "Owner" connection. See comment above */
................................................................................
  int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
  int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */
  u8 isTransactionSavepoint;    /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER 
  ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. 
  **
  ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
  ** unlock so that it can proceed.
  **
  ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried
  ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks
  ** held by Y.
  */
  sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
  sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */
  void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */
  sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
#endif
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x00004000 /* For shared-cache mode */
#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00010000  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00020000  /* Enable load_extension */

#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00040000  /* Ignore schema errors */
#define SQLITE_SharedCache    0x00080000  /* Cache sharing is enabled */

#define SQLITE_CommitBusy     0x00200000  /* In the process of committing */
#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00400000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */

/*
** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
** than being distinct from one another.
................................................................................
**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
**     );
**
** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
**
** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
** the from-table is created.  The existence of the to-table is not checked.






*/
struct FKey {
  Table *pFrom;     /* The table that contains the REFERENCES clause */
  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to */

  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */




  u8 isDeferred;    /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
  u8 updateConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */
  u8 deleteConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */
  u8 insertConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */
  struct sColMap {  /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
    int iFrom;         /* Index of column in pFrom */
    char *zCol;        /* Name of column in zTo.  If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */
  } aCol[1];        /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
};

/*
** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
................................................................................
** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
** into its constituent fields.
*/
struct UnpackedRecord {
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
  u16 flags;          /* Boolean settings.  UNPACKED_... below */
  i64 rowid;          /* Used by UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH */
  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
};

/*
** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags
*/
#define UNPACKED_NEED_FREE     0x0001  /* Memory is from sqlite3Malloc() */
#define UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY  0x0002  /* apMem[]s should all be destroyed */
#define UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID  0x0004  /* Ignore trailing rowid on key1 */
#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY       0x0008  /* Make this key an epsilon larger */
#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH  0x0010  /* A prefix match is considered OK */
#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH 0x0020  /* A prefix match is considered OK */

/*
** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
** instance of the following structure.
**
** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
................................................................................
**
** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
** may contain random values.  Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn
** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
*/
struct Token {
  const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
  unsigned dyn    : 1;    /* True for malloced memory, false for static */
  unsigned quoted : 1;    /* True if token still has its quotes */
  unsigned n      : 30;   /* Number of characters in this token */
};

/*
** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
**
** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
................................................................................
**
** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
** corresponding table definition.
**
** ALLOCATION NOTES:
**
** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema.  To
** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be
** truncated.  And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes
** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation,
** together with Expr.token and/or Expr.span strings.
**
** If the EP_Reduced, EP_SpanToken, and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when
** an Expr object is truncated.  When EP_Reduced is set, then all
** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees
** are contained within the same memory allocation.  Note, however, that
** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately
** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set.

*/
struct Expr {
  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
  VVA_ONLY(u8 vvaFlags;) /* Flags used for VV&A only.  EVVA_* below. */
  u16 flags;             /* Various flags.  EP_* See below */
  Token token;           /* An operand token */
................................................................................
  /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. 
  *********************************************************************/

  Token span;            /* Complete text of the expression */

  /* If the EP_SpanToken flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. 
  *********************************************************************/

  Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */
  Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */
  union {
................................................................................
*/
#define EP_FromJoin   0x0001  /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
#define EP_Agg        0x0002  /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
#define EP_Resolved   0x0004  /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
#define EP_Error      0x0008  /* Expression contains one or more errors */
#define EP_Distinct   0x0010  /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
#define EP_VarSelect  0x0020  /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
#define EP_DblQuoted  0x0040  /* token.z was originally in "..." */
#define EP_InfixFunc  0x0080  /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
#define EP_ExpCollate 0x0100  /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */
#define EP_AnyAff     0x0200  /* Can take a cached column of any affinity */
#define EP_FixedDest  0x0400  /* Result needed in a specific register */
#define EP_IntValue   0x0800  /* Integer value contained in iTable */
#define EP_xIsSelect  0x1000  /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */

#define EP_Reduced    0x2000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_TokenOnly  0x4000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_SpanToken  0x8000  /* Expr size is EXPR_SPANTOKENSIZE bytes */

/*
** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.vvaFlags field.
** This information is only used when SQLite is compiled with
** SQLITE_DEBUG defined.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
................................................................................
#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)

/*
** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr 
** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags 
** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set.
*/
#define EXPR_FULLSIZE           sizeof(Expr)           /* Full size */
#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE        offsetof(Expr,iTable)  /* Common features */
#define EXPR_SPANTOKENSIZE      offsetof(Expr,pLeft)   /* Fewer features */
#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE      offsetof(Expr,span)    /* Smallest possible */


/*
** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment 
** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details.
*/
#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE         0x0001  /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */
#define EXPRDUP_SPAN           0x0002  /* Make a copy of Expr.span */


/*
** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
................................................................................
  ** a convenient place since there is one WhereLevel for each FROM clause
  ** element.
  */
  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;  /* Index info for n-th source table */
};

/*
** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin()
** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member.
*/
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL   0x0000 /* No-op */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN      0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX      0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED  0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK    0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */
#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN        0x0010 /* Table cursor are already open */
#define WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE       0x0020 /* Omit close of table & index cursors */
#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE      0x0040 /* Do not use an index-only search */

/*
** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
** into the second half to give some continuity.
*/
struct WhereInfo {
  Parse *pParse;       /* Parsing and code generating context */
  u16 wctrlFlags;      /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
  u8 okOnePass;        /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */

  SrcList *pTabList;             /* List of tables in the join */
  int iTop;                      /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
  int iContinue;                 /* Jump here to continue with next record */
  int iBreak;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
  int nLevel;                    /* Number of nested loop */
  struct WhereClause *pWC;       /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
  WhereLevel a[1];               /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
................................................................................
  u8 eDest;         /* How to dispose of the results */
  u8 affinity;      /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
  int iParm;        /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
  int iMem;         /* Base register where results are written */
  int nMem;         /* Number of registers allocated */
};

/*
** Size of the column cache
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE
# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10
#endif

/*
** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
**
** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
................................................................................
  int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */
  int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
  int ckBase;          /* Base register of data during check constraints */
  int iCacheLevel;     /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */
  int iCacheCnt;       /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */
  u8 nColCache;        /* Number of entries in the column cache */
  u8 iColCache;        /* Next entry of the cache to replace */
  struct yColCache {
    int iTable;           /* Table cursor number */
    int iColumn;          /* Table column number */
    u8 affChange;         /* True if this register has had an affinity change */
    u8 tempReg;           /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
    int iLevel;           /* Nesting level */
    int iReg;             /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */

    int lru;              /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
  } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE];  /* One for each column cache entry */
  u32 writeMask;       /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
  u32 cookieMask;      /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
................................................................................
*/
struct AuthContext {
  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
};

/*
** Bitfield flags for P5 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete
*/
#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE    1    /* Set to update db->nChange */
#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID  2    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE   4    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
#define OPFLAG_APPEND     8    /* This is likely to be an append */
#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 16    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */

/*
 * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
 * struct Trigger. 
 *
 * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
 * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
................................................................................

/*
** Internal function prototypes
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *, const char *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int);
................................................................................
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, u8 iBatch, i64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
#else
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse *, SrcList *, Expr *, ExprList *, Expr *, Expr *, char *);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**, u16);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,int,
                                     int*,int,int,int,int,int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int, int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenCopy(sqlite3*,Token*,const Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
#else
# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L) 0
# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8**);

/*
** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
** file.  Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions
** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which 
** the MACRO form does).
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, sqlite3_vtab *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);



/*
** Available fault injectors.  Should be numbered beginning with 0.
*/
#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC     0
#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1
................................................................................
** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
** functions for SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
**
** $Id: date.c,v 1.107 2009/05/03 20:23:53 drh Exp $
**
** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
** calendar system. 
**
** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
................................................................................
** as there is a year and date.
*/
static int parseDateOrTime(
  sqlite3_context *context, 
  const char *zDate, 
  DateTime *p
){
  int isRealNum;    /* Return from sqlite3IsNumber().  Not used */
  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
    setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
    return 0;
  }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, &isRealNum, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
    double r;
    getValue(zDate, &r);
    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
    p->validJD = 1;
    return 0;
  }
  return 1;
................................................................................
      /*
      **    unixepoch
      **
      ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
      */
      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
        p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        rc = 0;
      }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
      else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
        sqlite3_int64 c1;
        computeJD(p);
................................................................................
          sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
          j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        case 'm':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
        case 'M':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
        case 's': {
          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld",
                           (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000));
          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        case 'S':  sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
        case 'w': {
          z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0';
          break;
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
**
** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.62 2009/05/03 20:23:54 drh Exp $
*/

/*
** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the
** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap
** limit.
*/
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
  char *zNew;
  size_t n;
  if( z==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1;
  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
  if( zNew ){
    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
  }
  return zNew;
}
................................................................................
/*
** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
**
** $Id: printf.c,v 1.103 2009/05/04 20:20:16 drh Exp $
**
**************************************************************************
**
** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
** found in the standard C library.  The following enhancements are
** supported:
**
................................................................................
                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
#define etTOKEN      12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
#define etSRCLIST    13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
#define etPOINTER    14 /* The %p conversion */
#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
#define etORDINAL    16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.  English only */

#define etINVALID     0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */


/*
** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
*/
typedef unsigned char etByte;

/*
................................................................................
  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
#endif
  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },

/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal
** use only */
  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
  {  'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
};

/*
** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
................................................................................
      }else{
        flag_longlong = 0;
      }
    }else{
      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
    }
    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
    infop = &fmtinfo[0];
    xtype = etINVALID;
    for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){
      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
        if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
          xtype = infop->type;
        }else{
          return;
        }
        break;
      }
    }
    zExtra = 0;





    /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
    if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){
      precision = etBUFSIZE-40;
    }

................................................................................
        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
        /* Fall through into the next case */
      case etORDINAL:
      case etRADIX:
        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
          i64 v;
          if( flag_longlong ){
            v = va_arg(ap,i64);
          }else if( flag_long ){
            v = va_arg(ap,long int);
          }else{
            v = va_arg(ap,int);
          }
          if( v<0 ){
            longvalue = -v;
            prefix = '-';
          }else{
            longvalue = v;
            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
            else                       prefix = 0;
          }
        }else{
          if( flag_longlong ){
            longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
          }else if( flag_long ){
            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
          }else{
            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
          }
          prefix = 0;
        }
        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
        }
        bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
................................................................................
        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase, -1);
          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
        }
        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zName, -1);
        length = width = 0;
        break;
      }
      default: {
        assert( xtype==etINVALID );
        return;
      }
    }/* End switch over the format type */
    /*
    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
    ** the output.
    */
................................................................................
  }/* End for loop over the format string */
} /* End of function */

/*
** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
  assert( z!=0 || N==0 );
  if( p->tooBig | p->mallocFailed ){
    testcase(p->tooBig);
    testcase(p->mallocFailed);
    return;
  }
  if( N<0 ){
    N = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
  }
  if( N==0 || NEVER(z==0) ){
    return;
  }
  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
    char *zNew;
    if( !p->useMalloc ){
      p->tooBig = 1;
      N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
................................................................................
** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  char *z;
  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
  StrAccum acc;
  assert( db!=0 );
  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
  acc.db = db;
  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap);
  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
  if( acc.mallocFailed ){
    db->mallocFailed = 1;
  }
  return z;
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
**
** $Id: utf.c,v 1.73 2009/04/01 18:40:32 drh Exp $
**
** Notes on UTF-8:
**
**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
................................................................................
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for information that is private to the
** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
** this header information was factored out.
**
** $Id: vdbeInt.h,v 1.170 2009/05/04 11:42:30 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
#define _VDBEINT_H_

/*
** intToKey() and keyToInt() used to transform the rowid.  But with
** the latest versions of the design they are no-ops.
................................................................................
  char *pData;          /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
  i64 iKey;             /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
  int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */

  /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or 
  ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */
  int seekResult;

  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheValid is true.
  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
  ** be NULL.
  */
  int cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(Vdbe *p);
#else
# define sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p)
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
................................................................................
    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
  }                                                                 \
}

#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){                                         \
  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                        \
    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \

  }                                                                   \
}

#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){                                         \
  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                        \
    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \

  }                                                                   \
}

/*
** Translate a single UTF-8 character.  Return the unicode value.
**
** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
................................................................................
      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
    }                                                      \
    if( c<0x80                                             \
        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
  }
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(
  const unsigned char *zIn,       /* First byte of UTF-8 character */

  const unsigned char **pzNext    /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */
){
  int c;


  /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
  ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
  */
  c = *(zIn++);
  if( c>=0xc0 ){
    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];
    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));
    }
    if( c<0x80
        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800
        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }
  }
  *pzNext = zIn;
  return c;
}




/*
................................................................................
** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
** changed by this function.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  u8 bom = 0;

  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
  if( pMem->n>1 ){
    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
    }
    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
................................................................................
**
** The translation is done in-place (since it is impossible for the
** correct UTF-8 encoding to be longer than a malformed encoding).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
  unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
  unsigned char *zStart = zIn;

  u32 c;

  while( zIn[0] ){
    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, (const u8**)&zIn);
    if( c!=0xfffd ){
      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
    }
  }
  *zOut = 0;
  return (int)(zOut - zStart);
}
................................................................................
  }
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
  return (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? m.z : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, m.z);
}

/*
** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.


** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters

** in pZ.  nChar must be non-negative.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
  int c;
  unsigned char const *z = zIn;
  int n = 0;
  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
    /* Using an "if (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE)" construct here
    ** and in other parts of this file means that at one branch will
    ** not be covered by coverage testing on any single host. But coverage
    ** will be complete if the tests are run on both a little-endian and 
    ** big-endian host. Because both the UTF16NATIVE and SQLITE_UTF16BE
    ** macros are constant at compile time the compiler can determine
    ** which branch will be followed. It is therefore assumed that no runtime
    ** penalty is paid for this "if" statement.
    */
    while( n<nChar ){
      READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
      n++;
    }
  }else{
    while( n<nChar ){
      READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
      n++;
    }
  }
  return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn);
}

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
  unsigned int i, t;
  unsigned char zBuf[20];
  unsigned char *z;

  int n;
  unsigned int c;

  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
    z = zBuf;
    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
    z[0] = 0;

    z = zBuf;
    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(z, (const u8**)&z);
    t = i;
    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
    if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
    assert( c==t );
    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
  }
  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
**
** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
** strings, and stuff like that.
**
** $Id: util.c,v 1.253 2009/05/03 20:23:54 drh Exp $
*/
#include <math.h>

/*
** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
  static int dummy = 0;
................................................................................
  assert( ALWAYS_was_false_or_NEVER_was_true );      /* Always fails */
  return ALWAYS_was_false_or_NEVER_was_true++;       /* Not Reached */
}
#endif

/*
** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
**
** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.
** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){
  int rc;   /* The value return */
#if !defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN)
  /*
  ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably
  ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.  But we have
  ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so
  ** this implementation is provided as an alternative.
  **
  ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
  ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following
  ** warning:
  **
  **      This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any
  **      -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
  **      which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO 
  **      rules/specifications for math functions.
................................................................................
  **      ...
  */
#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC.
#endif
  volatile double y = x;
  volatile double z = y;
  rc = (y!=z);
#else  /* if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) */
  rc = isnan(x);
#endif /* SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN */
  testcase( rc );
  return rc;
}

/*
** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
**
** The value returned will never be negative.  Nor will it ever be greater
** than the actual length of the string.  For very long strings (greater
** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
  const char *z2 = z;
  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}



















/*
** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
**
** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
** format characters are allowed:
................................................................................
** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  pParse->nErr++;
  testcase( pParse->zErrMsg!=0 );
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
................................................................................
}

/*
** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
** is a no-op.
**
** The input string must be zero-terminated.  A new zero-terminator
** is added to the dequoted string.
**
** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the
** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does
** occur.
**
** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
** "a-b-c".
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
  char quote;
  int i, j;
  if( z==0 ) return -1;
  quote = z[0];
  switch( quote ){
    case '\'':  break;
    case '"':   break;
    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
    default:    return -1;
  }
  for(i=1, j=0; ALWAYS(z[i]); i++){
    if( z[i]==quote ){
      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
        z[j++] = quote;
        i++;
      }else{

        break;
      }
    }else{
      z[j++] = z[i];
    }
  }
  z[j] = 0;
  return j;
}

/* Convenient short-hand */
#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower

/*
** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
................................................................................
  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
}

/*
** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string.  Return FALSE and leave
** *realnum unchanged if the string contains any character which is not
** part of a number.
**
** If the string is pure numeric, set *realnum to TRUE if the string
** contains the '.' character or an "E+000" style exponentiation suffix.

** Otherwise set *realnum to FALSE.  Note that just becaue *realnum is
** false does not mean that the number can be successfully converted into
** an integer - it might be too big.
**
** An empty string is considered non-numeric.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
  int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
  if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
    return 0;
  }
  z += incr;
  *realnum = 0;
  while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
  if( *z=='.' ){
    z += incr;
    if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
    *realnum = 1;
  }
  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
    z += incr;
    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
    if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
    *realnum = 1;
  }
  return *z==0;
}

/*
** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number.
** Convert this string to a double.
................................................................................
    ** or 9223372036854775808 if negative.  Note that 9223372036854665808
    ** is 2^63. */
    return compare2pow63(zNum)<neg;
  }
}

/*
** The string zNum represents an unsigned integer.  There might be some other
** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
** 64-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
**
** If the negFlag parameter is true, that means that zNum really represents
** a negative number.  (The leading "-" is omitted from zNum.)  This
** parameter is needed to determine a boundary case.  A string
** of "9223373036854775808" returns false if negFlag is false or true
** if negFlag is true.
**
** Leading zeros are ignored.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *zNum, int negFlag){
  int i, c;
  int neg = 0;


  assert( zNum[0]>='0' && zNum[0]<='9' ); /* zNum is an unsigned number */




  if( negFlag ) neg = 1-neg;
  while( *zNum=='0' ){
    zNum++;   /* Skip leading zeros.  Ticket #2454 */
  }
  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
  if( i<19 ){
    /* Guaranteed to fit if less than 19 digits */
................................................................................
** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the 
** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as 
** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
  u32 a,b;

  /* The 1-byte case.  Overwhelmingly the most common.  Handled inline
  ** by the getVarin32() macro */
  a = *p;
  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
#ifndef getVarint32
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {
    /* Values between 0 and 127 */
    *v = a;
    return 1;
  }
#endif

  /* The 2-byte case */
  p++;
  b = *p;
  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
  if (!(b&0x80))
  {
    /* Values between 128 and 16383 */
    a &= 0x7f;
    a = a<<7;
    *v = a | b;
    return 2;
  }

  /* The 3-byte case */
  p++;
  a = a<<14;
  a |= *p;
  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {
    /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */
    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    b &= 0x7f;
    b = b<<7;
    *v = a | b;
    return 3;
  }

  /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees.
  ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint.
  ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size
  ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string.
  **
  ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases.  The very
  ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint
  ** routine.
  */
#if 1
  {
    u64 v64;
    u8 n;

    p -= 2;
    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
    assert( n>3 && n<=9 );
    *v = (u32)v64;
    return n;
  }

#else
  /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an
  ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases.  This code is
  ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test.
  */
  p++;
  b = b<<14;
  b |= *p;
  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
  if (!(b&0x80))
  {
    /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */
    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    a = a<<7;
    *v = a | b;
    return 4;
  }

  p++;
  a = a<<14;
  a |= *p;
  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
  if (!(a&0x80))
  {
    /* Walues  between 268435456 and 34359738367 */
    a &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    b &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
    b = b<<7;
    *v = a | b;
    return 5;
  }

................................................................................

    p -= 4;
    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
    assert( n>5 && n<=9 );
    *v = (u32)v64;
    return n;
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
** 64-bit integer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
  int i = 0;
  do{
    i++;
    v >>= 7;
  }while( v!=0 && ALWAYS(i<9) );
  return i;
}


/*
** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
*/
................................................................................
** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be
** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
  u32 magic;
  if( db==0 ) return 0;
  magic = db->magic;
  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
     && magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY
#endif
  ){
    return 0;
  }else{
    return 1;
  }
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
  u32 magic;

  magic = db->magic;
  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 0;
  return 1;
}

................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
** used in SQLite.
**
** $Id: hash.c,v 1.37 2009/05/02 13:29:38 drh Exp $
*/

/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
** fields of the Hash structure.
**
** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.


*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){
  assert( pNew!=0 );

  pNew->first = 0;
  pNew->count = 0;
  pNew->htsize = 0;
  pNew->ht = 0;
}

/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
................................................................................
  elem = pH->first;
  pH->first = 0;
  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = 0;
  pH->htsize = 0;
  while( elem ){
    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;



    sqlite3_free(elem);
    elem = next_elem;
  }
  pH->count = 0;
}

/*
** The hashing function.
*/
static unsigned int strHash(const char *z, int nKey){

  int h = 0;

  assert( nKey>=0 );
  while( nKey > 0  ){
    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
    nKey--;
  }
  return h;




}


/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH.  If pEntry!=0 then also
** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket.
*/
static void insertElement(
  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
){
  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
  if( pEntry ){
    pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0;
    pEntry->count++;
    pEntry->chain = pNew;
  }else{
    pHead = 0;
  }
  if( pHead ){
    pNew->next = pHead;
    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
    pHead->prev = pNew;
  }else{
    pNew->next = pH->first;
    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
    pNew->prev = 0;
    pH->first = pNew;
  }


}


/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
**
** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or
** if the new size is the same as the prior size.
** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not.
*/
static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){
  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */

#if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0
  if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
    new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht);
  }
  if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0;
#endif

  /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is
  ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error.  So mark the
  ** allocation as a benign.

  */
  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();

  if( new_ht==0 ) return 0;
  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = new_ht;
  pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
  memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
    unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size;
    next_elem = elem->next;
    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
  }
  return 1;
}

/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
*/
static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
  const char *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
  int nKey,           /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */
  unsigned int h      /* The hash for this key. */
){
  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */

  if( pH->ht ){
    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
    elem = pEntry->chain;
    count = pEntry->count;
  }else{
    elem = pH->first;
    count = pH->count;
  }
  while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){

    if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
      return elem;
    }
    elem = elem->next;

  }
  return 0;
}

/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
** element and a hash on the element's key.
*/
static void removeElementGivenHash(
  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
  unsigned int h    /* Hash value for the element */
){
  struct _ht *pEntry;
  if( elem->prev ){
    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
  }else{
    pH->first = elem->next;
  }
  if( elem->next ){
    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
  }
  if( pH->ht ){
    pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
    if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
      pEntry->chain = elem->next;
    }
    pEntry->count--;
    assert( pEntry->count>=0 );




  }
  sqlite3_free( elem );
  pH->count--;
  if( pH->count<=0 ){
    assert( pH->first==0 );
    assert( pH->count==0 );
    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
  }
}
















/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){
  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
  unsigned int h;    /* A hash on key */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  assert( pKey!=0 );
  assert( nKey>=0 );
  if( pH->ht ){
    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
  }else{
    h = 0;
  }
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h);
  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
}

/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
** and the data is "data".
**
** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new

** element is created and NULL is returned.
**
** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
**
** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){

  unsigned int h;       /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  assert( pKey!=0 );
  assert( nKey>=0 );
  if( pH->htsize ){
    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
  }else{
    h = 0;
  }
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
  if( elem ){
    void *old_data = elem->data;
    if( data==0 ){
      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
    }else{
      elem->data = data;

      elem->pKey = pKey;

      assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
    }
    return old_data;

  }
  if( data==0 ) return 0;
  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;








  new_elem->pKey = pKey;

  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
  new_elem->data = data;
  pH->count++;
  if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
    if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) && pH->htsize ){
      h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;





    }


  }




  if( pH->ht ){

    insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);

  }else{
    insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem);
  }
  return 0;
}

/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/
/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
................................................................................
     /*   5 */ "Seek",
     /*   6 */ "Sequence",
     /*   7 */ "Savepoint",
     /*   8 */ "RowKey",
     /*   9 */ "SCopy",
     /*  10 */ "OpenWrite",
     /*  11 */ "If",
     /*  12 */ "CollSeq",
     /*  13 */ "OpenRead",
     /*  14 */ "Expire",
     /*  15 */ "AutoCommit",
     /*  16 */ "Pagecount",
     /*  17 */ "IntegrityCk",
     /*  18 */ "Sort",
     /*  19 */ "Not",
     /*  20 */ "Copy",
     /*  21 */ "Trace",
     /*  22 */ "Function",
     /*  23 */ "IfNeg",
     /*  24 */ "Noop",
     /*  25 */ "Return",
     /*  26 */ "NewRowid",
     /*  27 */ "Variable",
     /*  28 */ "String",
     /*  29 */ "RealAffinity",
     /*  30 */ "VRename",
     /*  31 */ "ParseSchema",
     /*  32 */ "VOpen",
     /*  33 */ "Close",
     /*  34 */ "CreateIndex",
     /*  35 */ "IsUnique",
     /*  36 */ "NotFound",
     /*  37 */ "Int64",
     /*  38 */ "MustBeInt",
     /*  39 */ "Halt",
     /*  40 */ "Rowid",
     /*  41 */ "IdxLT",
     /*  42 */ "AddImm",
     /*  43 */ "Statement",
     /*  44 */ "RowData",
     /*  45 */ "MemMax",
     /*  46 */ "NotExists",
     /*  47 */ "Gosub",
     /*  48 */ "Integer",
     /*  49 */ "Prev",
     /*  50 */ "RowSetRead",
     /*  51 */ "RowSetAdd",
     /*  52 */ "VColumn",
     /*  53 */ "CreateTable",
     /*  54 */ "Last",
     /*  55 */ "SeekLe",
     /*  56 */ "IncrVacuum",
     /*  57 */ "IdxRowid",
     /*  58 */ "ResetCount",
     /*  59 */ "ContextPush",
     /*  60 */ "Yield",
     /*  61 */ "DropTrigger",
     /*  62 */ "DropIndex",
     /*  63 */ "IdxGE",
     /*  64 */ "IdxDelete",
     /*  65 */ "Vacuum",
     /*  66 */ "Or",
     /*  67 */ "And",
     /*  68 */ "IfNot",
     /*  69 */ "DropTable",
     /*  70 */ "SeekLt",
     /*  71 */ "IsNull",
     /*  72 */ "NotNull",
     /*  73 */ "Ne",
     /*  74 */ "Eq",
     /*  75 */ "Gt",
     /*  76 */ "Le",
     /*  77 */ "Lt",
     /*  78 */ "Ge",
     /*  79 */ "MakeRecord",
     /*  80 */ "BitAnd",
     /*  81 */ "BitOr",
     /*  82 */ "ShiftLeft",
     /*  83 */ "ShiftRight",
     /*  84 */ "Add",
     /*  85 */ "Subtract",
     /*  86 */ "Multiply",
     /*  87 */ "Divide",
     /*  88 */ "Remainder",
     /*  89 */ "Concat",
     /*  90 */ "ResultRow",
     /*  91 */ "Delete",
     /*  92 */ "AggFinal",
     /*  93 */ "BitNot",
     /*  94 */ "String8",
     /*  95 */ "Compare",
     /*  96 */ "Goto",
     /*  97 */ "TableLock",
     /*  98 */ "Clear",
     /*  99 */ "VerifyCookie",
     /* 100 */ "AggStep",
     /* 101 */ "SetNumColumns",
     /* 102 */ "Transaction",
     /* 103 */ "VFilter",
     /* 104 */ "VDestroy",
     /* 105 */ "ContextPop",
     /* 106 */ "Next",
     /* 107 */ "Count",
     /* 108 */ "IdxInsert",
     /* 109 */ "SeekGe",
     /* 110 */ "Insert",
     /* 111 */ "Destroy",
     /* 112 */ "ReadCookie",
     /* 113 */ "RowSetTest",
     /* 114 */ "LoadAnalysis",
     /* 115 */ "Explain",
     /* 116 */ "HaltIfNull",
     /* 117 */ "OpenPseudo",
     /* 118 */ "OpenEphemeral",
     /* 119 */ "Null",
     /* 120 */ "Move",
................................................................................
**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
**      methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
**   *  sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
**
** $Id: os_unix.c,v 1.250 2009/04/07 05:35:04 chw Exp $
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */

/*
** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
** control:
**
................................................................................
  if( id ){
    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
    semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
    assert( pFile );
    unixEnterMutex();
    releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
    releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);

    unixLeaveMutex();
    closeUnixFile(id);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
/*
** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks.
................................................................................
  dotlockIoMethods,         /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
  dotlockClose,             /* xClose method */
  dotlockLock,              /* xLock method */
  dotlockUnlock,            /* xUnlock method */
  dotlockCheckReservedLock  /* xCheckReservedLock method */
)

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
IOMETHODS(
  flockIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
  flockIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
  flockClose,               /* xClose method */
  flockLock,                /* xLock method */
  flockUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
  flockCheckReservedLock    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
................................................................................
  }
}
static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,int)
        = autolockIoFinderImpl;

#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/* 
** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
** object that implements that strategy.
**
** This is for VXWorks only.
*/
static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
  int fd                   /* file descriptor open on the database file */
){
  struct flock lockInfo;

  if( !filePath ){
    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
    ** that does not need to be locked. */
    return &nolockIoMethods;
  }

  /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks.
  ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method.
  */
  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
  if( fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
    return &posixIoMethods;
  }else{
    return &semIoMethods;
  }
}
static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,int)
        = autolockIoFinderImpl;

#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function:
*/
typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,int);


/****************************************************************************
................................................................................
static int unixOpen(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,           /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
){
  int fd = -1;                    /* File descriptor returned by open() */
  int dirfd = -1;                /* Directory file descriptor */
  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
................................................................................

#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 ){
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->isLockable = 1;
  }
#endif

  assert( fd>=0 );
  if( isOpenDirectory ){
    rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, already in error */
      return rc;
    }
  }
................................................................................
  ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array.
  **
  ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified
  ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered.  So the following
  ** array cannot be const.
  */
  static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__))
    UNIXVFS("unix",          autolockIoFinder ),
#else
    UNIXVFS("unix",          posixIoFinder ),
#endif
    UNIXVFS("unix-none",     nolockIoFinder ),
    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile",  dotlockIoFinder ),
#if OS_VXWORKS
    UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",    posixIoFinder ),
#if !OS_VXWORKS
    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",    flockIoFinder ),
#endif
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
    UNIXVFS("unix-afp",      afpIoFinder ),
    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
#endif
  };
  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
**
** $Id: os_win.c,v 1.156 2009/04/23 19:08:33 shane Exp $
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */


/*
** A Note About Memory Allocation:
**
................................................................................
  }

  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
  }else{
    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
  }
  /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is 
  ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" 
  ** as it is usually understood.
  */
  assert(!(flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE));
  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE ){
    /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
    /* If the file exists, it fails. */
    dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
    /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
  }else{
    /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
  }

  dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;



  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
    isTemp = 1;
#else
    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
                               | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
................................................................................
static int getSectorSize(
    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
    const char *zRelative     /* UTF-8 file name */
){
  DWORD bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
  char zFullpath[MAX_PATH+1];
  int rc;
  DWORD dwRet = 0, dwDummy;

  /*
  ** We need to get the full path name of the file
  ** to get the drive letter to look up the sector
  ** size.
  */
  rc = winFullPathname(pVfs, zRelative, MAX_PATH, zFullpath);
  if( rc == SQLITE_OK )
  {
    void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFullpath);
    if( zConverted ){
      if( isNT() ){

        /* trim path to just drive reference */
        WCHAR *p = zConverted;

        for(;*p;p++){
          if( *p == '\\' ){

            *p = '\0';
            break;
          }
        }
        dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceW((WCHAR*)zConverted,

                                  &dwDummy,
                                  &bytesPerSector,

                                  &dwDummy,
                                  &dwDummy);
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
      }else{

        /* trim path to just drive reference */
        CHAR *p = (CHAR *)zConverted;

        for(;*p;p++){
          if( *p == '\\' ){

            *p = '\0';
            break;
          }
        }
        dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceA((CHAR*)zConverted,

                                  &dwDummy,
                                  &bytesPerSector,

                                  &dwDummy,
                                  &dwDummy);
#endif
      }
      free(zConverted);
    }
    if( !dwRet ){
      bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
    }
................................................................................
** Clear operations are exceedingly rare.  There are usually between
** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger.  The size of the
** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
**
** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.14 2009/04/01 23:49:04 drh Exp $
*/

/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
#define BITVEC_SZ        512

/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
................................................................................
** values between 1 and iDivisor.  apSub[1] holds values between
** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor.  apSub[N] holds values between
** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor.  Each subbitmap is normalized
** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
*/
struct Bitvec {
  u32 iSize;      /* Maximum bit index.  Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
  u32 nSet;       /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash
                  ** element.  Max is BITVEC_NINT.  For BITVEC_SZ of 512,
                  ** this would be 125. */
  u32 iDivisor;   /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
                  /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
                  /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1.  */
                  /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
  union {
    BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM];    /* Bitmap representation */
    u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT];      /* Hash table representation */
................................................................................

  /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
  ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
  ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
  ** is found.
  */
  rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
          + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0)
          + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz);
  for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
    if(  (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
      rc = i;
      break;
    }
  }

................................................................................
**
** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of
** these two features are available.
**
** @(#) $Id: pcache1.c,v 1.11 2009/04/14 18:44:39 aswift Exp $
*/


typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;

................................................................................

  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){
    goto fetch_out;
  }

  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page buffer if appropriate. */
  if( pCache->bPurgeable && pcache1.pLruTail && (
     (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) || pcache1.nCurrentPage>=pcache1.nMaxPage
  )){
    pPage = pcache1.pLruTail;
    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
    if( pPage->pCache->szPage!=pCache->szPage ){
      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
      pPage = 0;
................................................................................
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet".
**
** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids.  Rowids
** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order.  Inserts
** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been
** previously inserted into the RowSet.

**
** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the
** elements of the RowSet in sorted order.  Once this extraction
** process has started, no new elements may be inserted.

**
** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are:
**
**    CREATE
**    INSERT
**    TEST
**    SMALLEST
**    DESTROY
**
** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor,
** obviously.  The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet.
** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet.  SMALLEST
** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
**
** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory.  Memory is
** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation.  There is an 
** upper bound on the size of allocated memory.  No memory is freed
** until DESTROY.
**
** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number.  The TEST primitive
** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change
** in the batch number.  In other words, if an INSERT occurs between
** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the
** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
**
** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST.  An assertion will fail if
** that is attempted.
**
** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant.  (Sometime new memory
** has to be allocated on an INSERT.)  The cost of a TEST with a new
** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN).  The cost
** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN).  Second and subsequent SMALLEST
** primitives are constant time.  The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
**
** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and
** SMALLEST primitives.
**
** $Id: rowset.c,v 1.6 2009/04/22 15:32:59 drh Exp $
*/


/*
** Target size for allocation chunks.
*/
#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024

/*
** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
*/
#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK  \
                       ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry))

/*
** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object.

*/
struct RowSetEntry {            
  i64 v;                        /* ROWID value for this entry */
  struct RowSetEntry *pRight;   /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;    /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
};

/*
** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead.  The
** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
** when the RowSet is destroyed.
*/
struct RowSetChunk {
  struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk;        /* Next chunk on list of them all */
  struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
};

/*
** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
**
** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
*/
struct RowSet {
  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk;    /* List of all chunk allocations */
  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;    /* List of entries using pRight */
  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;     /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
  struct RowSetEntry *pFresh;    /* Source of new entry objects */
  struct RowSetEntry *pTree;     /* Binary tree of entries */
  u16 nFresh;                    /* Number of objects on pFresh */
  u8 isSorted;                   /* True if pEntry is sorted */
  u8 iBatch;                     /* Current insert batch */
};

/*
** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object.  N bytes of memory
** are available at pSpace.  The db pointer is used as a memory context
** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
................................................................................
  RowSet *p;
  assert( N >= sizeof(*p) );
  p = pSpace;
  p->pChunk = 0;
  p->db = db;
  p->pEntry = 0;
  p->pLast = 0;
  p->pTree = 0;
  p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)&p[1];
  p->nFresh = (u16)((N - sizeof(*p))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
  p->isSorted = 1;
  p->iBatch = 0;
  return p;
}

/*
** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet.  This frees all memory that
** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime.  This routine is
** the destructor for the RowSet.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
  for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
    pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk;
    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
  }
  p->pChunk = 0;
  p->nFresh = 0;
  p->pEntry = 0;
  p->pLast = 0;
  p->pTree = 0;
  p->isSorted = 1;
}

/*
** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
**
** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
** memory allocation fails.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;  /* The new entry */
  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;   /* The last prior entry */
  assert( p!=0 );
  if( p->nFresh==0 ){
    struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
    if( pNew==0 ){
      return;
    }
    pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk;
    p->pChunk = pNew;
    p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
    p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
  }
  pEntry = p->pFresh++;
  p->nFresh--;
  pEntry->v = rowid;
  pEntry->pRight = 0;
  pLast = p->pLast;
  if( pLast ){
    if( p->isSorted && rowid<=pLast->v ){
      p->isSorted = 0;
    }
    pLast->pRight = pEntry;
  }else{
    assert( p->pEntry==0 ); /* Fires if INSERT after SMALLEST */
    p->pEntry = pEntry;
  }
  p->pLast = pEntry;
}

/*
** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects.  Remove duplicates.
**
** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are 
** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
*/
static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetMerge(
  struct RowSetEntry *pA,    /* First sorted list to be merged */
  struct RowSetEntry *pB     /* Second sorted list to be merged */
){
  struct RowSetEntry head;
  struct RowSetEntry *pTail;

  pTail = &head;
  while( pA && pB ){
    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
    assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
    if( pA->v<pB->v ){
      pTail->pRight = pA;
      pA = pA->pRight;
      pTail = pTail->pRight;
    }else if( pB->v<pA->v ){
      pTail->pRight = pB;
      pB = pB->pRight;
      pTail = pTail->pRight;
    }else{
      pA = pA->pRight;
    }
  }
  if( pA ){
    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
    pTail->pRight = pA;
  }else{
    assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
    pTail->pRight = pB;
  }
  return head.pRight;
}

/*
** Sort all elements on the pEntry list of the RowSet into ascending order.
*/ 
static void rowSetSort(RowSet *p){
  unsigned int i;
  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;
  struct RowSetEntry *aBucket[40];

  assert( p->isSorted==0 );
  memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
  while( p->pEntry ){
    pEntry = p->pEntry;
    p->pEntry = pEntry->pRight;
    pEntry->pRight = 0;
    for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
      pEntry = rowSetMerge(aBucket[i], pEntry);
      aBucket[i] = 0;
    }
    aBucket[i] = pEntry;
  }
  pEntry = 0;
  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){
    pEntry = rowSetMerge(pEntry, aBucket[i]);
  }
  p->pEntry = pEntry;
  p->pLast = 0;
  p->isSorted = 1;
}


/*
** The input, pIn, is a binary tree (or subtree) of RowSetEntry objects.
** Convert this tree into a linked list connected by the pRight pointers
** and return pointers to the first and last elements of the new list.
*/
static void rowSetTreeToList(
  struct RowSetEntry *pIn,         /* Root of the input tree */
  struct RowSetEntry **ppFirst,    /* Write head of the output list here */
  struct RowSetEntry **ppLast      /* Write tail of the output list here */
){
  assert( pIn!=0 );
  if( pIn->pLeft ){
    struct RowSetEntry *p;
    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p);
    p->pRight = pIn;
  }else{
    *ppFirst = pIn;
  }
  if( pIn->pRight ){
    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast);
  }else{
    *ppLast = pIn;
  }
  assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 );
}


/*
** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary
** tree with depth of iDepth.  A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single
** node taken from the head of *ppList.  A depth of 2 means a tree with
** three nodes.  And so forth.
**
** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the
** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list.  If the input
** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree
** and leave *ppList set to NULL.
**
** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree.
*/
static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree(
  struct RowSetEntry **ppList,
  int iDepth
){
  struct RowSetEntry *p;         /* Root of the new tree */
  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;     /* Left subtree */
  if( *ppList==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( iDepth==1 ){
    p = *ppList;
    *ppList = p->pRight;
    p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
    return p;
  }
  pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
  p = *ppList;
  if( p==0 ){
    return pLeft;
  }
  p->pLeft = pLeft;
  *ppList = p->pRight;
  p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
  return p;
}

/*
** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree
** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list.
*/
static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){
  int iDepth;           /* Depth of the tree so far */
  struct RowSetEntry *p;       /* Current tree root */
  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;   /* Left subtree */

  assert( pList!=0 );
  p = pList;
  pList = p->pRight;
  p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
  for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){
    pLeft = p;
    p = pList;
    pList = p->pRight;
    p->pLeft = pLeft;
    p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Convert the list in p->pEntry into a sorted list if it is not
** sorted already.  If there is a binary tree on p->pTree, then
** convert it into a list too and merge it into the p->pEntry list.
*/
static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){
  if( !p->isSorted ){
    rowSetSort(p);
  }
  if( p->pTree ){
    struct RowSetEntry *pHead, *pTail;
    rowSetTreeToList(p->pTree, &pHead, &pTail);
    p->pTree = 0;
    p->pEntry = rowSetMerge(p->pEntry, pHead);
  }
}

/*
** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet.
** Write the element into *pRowid.  Return 1 on success.  Return
** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
**
** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert()
** routine may not be called again.  
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){



  rowSetToList(p);
  if( p->pEntry ){
    *pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
    p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight;
    if( p->pEntry==0 ){
      sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
    }
    return 1;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}

/*
** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the the rowset as
** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch.  Return 1 or 0.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, u8 iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
  struct RowSetEntry *p;
  if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){
    if( pRowSet->pEntry ){
      rowSetToList(pRowSet);
      pRowSet->pTree = rowSetListToTree(pRowSet->pEntry);
      pRowSet->pEntry = 0;
      pRowSet->pLast = 0;
    }
    pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch;
  }
  p = pRowSet->pTree;
  while( p ){
    if( p->v<iRowid ){
      p = p->pRight;
    }else if( p->v>iRowid ){
      p = p->pLeft;
    }else{
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
................................................................................
** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
** another is writing.
**
** @(#) $Id: pager.c,v 1.585 2009/04/30 16:41:00 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO

/*
** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
*/
#if 0
................................................................................
**   This variable is set and cleared by sqlite3PagerWrite().
**
** needSync
**
**   TODO: It might be easier to set this variable in writeJournalHdr()
**   and writeMasterJournal() only. Change its meaning to "unsynced data
**   has been written to the journal".
**
** subjInMemory
**
**   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
**   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
**   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
*/
struct Pager {
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
  u8 journalMode;             /* On of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
  u8 noReadlock;              /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
................................................................................
  u8 dbModified;              /* True if there are any changes to the Db */
  u8 needSync;                /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
  u8 journalStarted;          /* True if header of journal is synced */
  u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
  u8 doNotSync;               /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */
  u8 dbSizeValid;             /* Set when dbSize is correct */
  u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
  Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
  Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
  Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
  int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
  int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
  u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
................................................................................
**
** TODO: Why can we not reset the pager while in error state?
*/
static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
  if( SQLITE_OK==pPager->errCode ){
    sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
    sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
    pPager->dbSizeValid = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
*/
static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
  int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
  for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
  }
  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
  }
  sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
  pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
  pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
  pPager->nSubRec = 0;
}
................................................................................
    if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
      int isMemoryJournal = sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd);
      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
      if( !isMemoryJournal ){
        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
      }
    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
      if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
      }
      pPager->journalOff = 0;
      pPager->journalStarted = 0;
    }else if( pPager->exclusiveMode 
     || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
    ){
      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
      pager_error(pPager, rc);
................................................................................
      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,1,isUnsync,&pPager->journalOff,0,0);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
          break;
        }else{
          /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
          ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
          ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
          ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
          */

          goto end_playback;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  /*NOTREACHED*/
  assert( 0 );
................................................................................
  ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 
  ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
  ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
  ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 
  ** source file journal.c).
  */
  if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
  }else{
    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
  }

  /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
  *ppPager = 0;

  /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
  ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
................................................................................
  **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
  **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
  **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
  **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
  **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
  */
  pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
    ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
    ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
    ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
    journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */ 
    nPathname + 1 +                /* zFilename */
    nPathname + 8 + 1              /* zJournal */
  );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(journalFileSize) );
  if( !pPtr ){
    sqlite3_free(zPathname);
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
  pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
  pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
  pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
  pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
  pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );

  /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
  if( zPathname ){
    pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1);
    memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
    memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
    memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8);
................................................................................
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
** transaction and unlock the pager.
**
** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
*/ 
static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
  if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0)
   && (!pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->journalOff>0) 
  ){
    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
  }
}

/*
** Drop a page from the cache using sqlite3PcacheDrop().
**
................................................................................
** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. 
** An SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to 
** sqlite3OsOpen() fails.
*/
static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
    if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
      sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
    }else{
      rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
    }
  }
  return rc;
}
................................................................................
** If this is not a temporary or in-memory file and, the journal file is 
** opened if it has not been already. For a temporary file, the opening 
** of the journal file is deferred until there is an actual need to 
** write to the journal. TODO: Why handle temporary files differently?
**
** If the journal file is opened (or if it is already open), then a
** journal-header is written to the start of it.
**
** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 
** or using a temporary file otherwise.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
  pPager->subjInMemory = subjInMemory;
  if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){
    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
    assert( !MEMDB && !pPager->tempFile );

    /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
    ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
    ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
................................................................................
    ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal
    ** or both.
    **
    ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and
    ** create it if it does not.
    */
    assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
    rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPager, 0, pPager->subjInMemory);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
    if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->useJournal
          && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
      rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
................................................................................
  ** for the page moved there.
  */
  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
  pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
  if( pPgOld ){
    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
    sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
  }

  origPgno = pPg->pgno;
  sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);




  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
  pPager->dbModified = 1;

  if( needSyncPgno ){
    /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 
    ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
    ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 
................................................................................
**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
**
** If the parameter is not _QUERY, then the journal_mode is set to the
** value specified if the change is allowed.  The change is disallowed
** for the following reasons:
**
**   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
**      or _MEMORY.
**
**   *  The journal mode may not be changed while a transaction is active.
**
** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){

  assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY<0 );
  if( eMode>=0


   && (!MEMDB || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF)
   && !pPager->dbModified
   && (!isOpen(pPager->jfd) || 0==pPager->journalOff)
  ){
    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
    }
    pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
  }
  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
}

/*
** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
**
** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
  if( iLimit>=-1 ){
    pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
  }
  return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
}
................................................................................
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** $Id: btmutex.c,v 1.15 2009/04/10 12:55:17 danielk1977 Exp $
**
** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
** This code really belongs in btree.c.  But btree.c is getting too
** big and we want to break it down some.  This packaged seemed like
** a good breakout.
*/
/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur);

/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE

/*
** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also,
** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the
** p->locked boolean to true.
*/
static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
  assert( p->locked==0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
  p->pBt->db = p->db;
  p->locked = 1;
}

/*
** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
** clear the p->locked boolean.
*/
static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
  assert( p->locked==1 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  assert( p->db==p->pBt->db );

  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
  p->locked = 0;
}

/*
** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
**
** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
................................................................................
  /* Check for locking consistency */
  assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
  assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );

  /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );

  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
  ** should already be set correctly. */
  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );

  if( !p->sharable ) return;
  p->wantToLock++;
  if( p->locked ) return;

  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
  */
  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
    p->pBt->db = p->db;
    p->locked = 1;
    return;
  }

  /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
  ** BtShared address.  Then acquire our lock.  Then reacquire
  ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
................................................................................
  ** order.
  */
  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
    assert( pLater->sharable );
    assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
    assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
    if( pLater->locked ){
      unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);

    }
  }


  lockBtreeMutex(p);
  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
    if( pLater->wantToLock ){


      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
  if( p->sharable ){
    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
    p->wantToLock--;
    if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
      unlockBtreeMutex(p);


    }
  }
}

#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the
** B-Tree is not marked as sharable.


**
** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 );
  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db );
  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );

  return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked);
}
#endif


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
  int i;
  Btree *p, *pLater;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    assert( !p || (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
    if( p && p->sharable ){
      p->wantToLock++;
      if( !p->locked ){
        assert( p->wantToLock==1 );
        while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev;
        while( p->locked && p->pNext ) p = p->pNext;
        for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
          if( pLater->locked ){
            unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);

          }
        }
        while( p ){
          lockBtreeMutex(p);

          p = p->pNext;
        }
      }
    }
  }
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
................................................................................
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    if( p && p->sharable ){
      assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
      p->wantToLock--;
      if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
        unlockBtreeMutex(p);


      }
    }
  }
}

#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
................................................................................
    assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );

    /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );

    p->wantToLock++;
    if( !p->locked && p->sharable ){
      lockBtreeMutex(p);

    }
  }
}

/*
** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group.
*/
................................................................................
    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );

    /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );

    p->wantToLock--;
    if( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked ){
      unlockBtreeMutex(p);

    }
  }
}

#else
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
  p->pBt->db = p->db;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    if( p ){
      p->pBt->db = p->db;
    }
  }
}
#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */

/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2004 April 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
................................................................................
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** $Id: btree.c,v 1.607 2009/05/04 19:01:26 danielk1977 Exp $
**
** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
*/

/*
................................................................................
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  BtLock *pIter;

  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
  assert( p->db!=0 );
  
  /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
  ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there 
  ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
  */
  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
  
  /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
  if( !p->sharable ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
  ** requested lock may not be obtained.
................................................................................
  */
  if( 
    0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || 
    eLock==WRITE_LOCK ||
    iTab==MASTER_ROOT
  ){
    for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
      /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) 
      ** statement is a simplification of:
      **
      **   (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
      **
      ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection
      ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can
      ** only be a single writer).
      */
      assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
      assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK);
      if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){

        sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db);
        if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){
          assert( p==pBt->pWriter );
          pBt->isPending = 1;
        }
        return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
      }
................................................................................
}
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree handle p.
**
** This function assumes that handle p has an open read or write 
** transaction. If it does not, then the BtShared.isPending variable
** may be incorrectly cleared.
*/
static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;

  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
  assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
  assert( p->inTrans>0 );

  while( *ppIter ){
    BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
    assert( pBt->isExclusive==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree );
    assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock );
    if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
      *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
      sqlite3_free(pLock);
    }else{
      ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
    }
  }
................................................................................

/*
** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
** the space used by the cell pointer.
*/

static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){


  u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize];
  u32 nSize;

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
  ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
  ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
  ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
  CellInfo debuginfo;
  sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
#endif

  if( pPage->intKey ){
    u8 *pEnd;
    if( pPage->hasData ){
      pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
    }else{
      nSize = 0;
    }

    /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length 
    ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
    ** past the end of the key value. */
    pEnd = &pIter[9];
    while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
  }else{
    pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
  }

  if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
    int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
    nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
    if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
      nSize = minLocal;
    }
    nSize += 4;
  }
  nSize += (pIter - pCell);

  /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */
  if( nSize<4 ){
    nSize = 4;
  }

  assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize );
  return nSize;
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
  return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell));
}
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
** for the overflow page.
*/
................................................................................
  if( cbrk-addr!=pPage->nFree ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
** as the first argument. Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the 
** first byte of allocated space. 
**

** The caller guarantees that the space between the end of the cell-offset 

** array and the start of the cell-content area is at least nByte bytes
** in size. So this routine can never fail.
**


** If there are already 60 or more bytes of fragments within the page,
** the page is defragmented before returning. If this were not done there
** is a chance that the number of fragmented bytes could eventually 
** overflow the single-byte field of the page-header in which this value
** is stored.
*/
static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){



  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
  int nFrag;                           /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */
  int top;



  

  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->pBt );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );


  /* Assert that the space between the cell-offset array and the 
  ** cell-content area is greater than nByte bytes.
  */
  assert( nByte <= (
      get2byte(&data[hdr+5])-(hdr+8+(pPage->leaf?0:4)+2*get2byte(&data[hdr+3]))
  ));

  pPage->nFree -= (u16)nByte;
  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
  if( nFrag>=60 ){
    defragmentPage(pPage);
  }else{
    /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy 


    ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in 
    ** the list that is large enough to accomadate it.
    */
    int pc, addr;
    for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
      int size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);     /* Size of free slot */
      if( size>=nByte ){
        int x = size - nByte;

        if( x<4 ){
          /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
          ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
          data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);

        }else{
          /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
          ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
          put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
        }
        return pc + x;
      }


    }
  }

  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
  ** and the cell content area.
  */
  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) - nByte;








  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);

  return top;
}

/*
** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
................................................................................
**
** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
** page to agree with the restored data.
*/
static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
  MemPage *pPage;
  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
  assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 );
  if( pPage->isInit ){
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
    pPage->isInit = 0;
    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){
      /* pPage might not be a btree page;  it might be an overflow page
      ** or ptrmap page or a free page.  In those cases, the following
      ** call to sqlite3BtreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT.
      ** But no harm is done by this.  And it is very important that
      ** sqlite3BtreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make
      ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */
      sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage);
................................................................................
** Open a database file.
** 
** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
** a new database with a random name is created.  This randomly named
** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
**
** If the database is already opened in the same database connection
** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an
** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error.  We cannot allow two or more BtShared
** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead
** to problems with locking.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
  sqlite3 *db,            /* Associated database handle */
  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
  int flags,              /* Options */
  int vfsFlags            /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
................................................................................
  p->db = db;

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
  /*
  ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
  ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
  */


  if( isMemdb==0 && zFilename && zFilename[0] ){

    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
      int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
      char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
      sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
      p->sharable = 1;
      db->flags |= SQLITE_SharedCache;
      if( !zFullPathname ){
................................................................................
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
      mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
      for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
        assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
        if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager))
                 && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
          int iDb;
          for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){
            Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
            if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){
              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
              sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
              sqlite3_free(p);
              return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
            }
          }
          p->pBt = pBt;
          pBt->nRef++;
          break;
        }
      }
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
      sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
................................................................................
                          EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
    }
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto btree_open_out;
    }
    pBt->db = db;
    sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
    p->pBt = pBt;
  
    sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit);
    pBt->pCursor = 0;
    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
    pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager);
    pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
    if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
         || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
      pBt->pageSize = 0;

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
      ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
      ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
      ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
      ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
      */
................................................................................
      nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
      pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
      pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
#endif
    }
    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
    if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
    assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 );  /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */

   
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
    /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
    */
    if( p->sharable ){
      sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
      pBt->nRef = 1;
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  BtCursor *pCur;

  /* Close all cursors opened via this handle.  */
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  pCur = pBt->pCursor;
  while( pCur ){
    BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
    pCur = pCur->pNext;
    if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
    }
................................................................................
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
/*
** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY 
** without changing anything.
**
** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536.  If the page
** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
** changed.
**
** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
** at the beginning of a page.
**
** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
** bytes per page is left unchanged.
**
** If the iFix!=0 then the pageSizeFixed flag is set so that the page size
** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
    return SQLITE_READONLY;
................................................................................
    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
    assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
    pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
    freeTempSpace(pBt);
    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
  }
  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;
  if( iFix ) pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the currently defined page size
*/
................................................................................
*/
static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
  int rc;
  MemPage *pPage1;
  int nPage;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( pBt->pPage1==0 );
  rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;

  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
  ** a valid database file. 
  */
  rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
................................................................................
      ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
      ** again with the correct page-size.
      */
      releasePage(pPage1);
      pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize;
      pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
      freeTempSpace(pBt);
      rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
      if( rc ) goto page1_init_failed;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    if( usableSize<500 ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }
    pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
    pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize;
................................................................................
** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
    if( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)>=1 ){
      assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );








      releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
    }
    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
  sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  btreeIntegrity(p);

  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
  */
  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
................................................................................
    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock);
    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
    goto trans_begun;
  }
#endif

  do {
    /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
    ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
    ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
    ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database 
    ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
    ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
    */
    while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) );


    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
      if( pBt->readOnly ){
        rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = newDatabase(pBt);
        }
      }
    }
  
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................

set_child_ptrmaps_out:
  pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Somewhere on pPage, which is guaranteed to be a btree page, not an overflow
** page, is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so that it points to
** iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to be modified, as 
** follows:
**
** PTRMAP_BTREE:     pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child 
**                   page of pPage.
**
................................................................................
** number of pages the database file will contain after this 
** process is complete.
*/
static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){
  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
  assert( iLastPg>nFin );

  if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
    int rc;
    u8 eType;
    Pgno iPtrPage;

    nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
    if( nFreeList==0 ){
      return SQLITE_DONE;
    }

    rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
................................................................................
** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. 
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
  }else{
    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
    rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, pagerPagecount(pBt));
  }
................................................................................
    Pgno nFin;
    Pgno nFree;
    Pgno nPtrmap;
    Pgno iFree;
    const int pgsz = pBt->pageSize;
    Pgno nOrig = pagerPagecount(pBt);

    if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
      /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page
      ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one
      ** is encountered, this indicates corruption.
      */
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }



    nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
    nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+pgsz/5)/(pgsz/5);
    nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
    if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
      nFin--;
    }
    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
      nFin--;
    }

    for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
................................................................................
** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
** the journal.  Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
** the disk.  After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
** committed.  See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the
** commit process.
**
** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
**
** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
................................................................................
** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
      rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
        return rc;
      }
................................................................................
  return rc;
}

/*
** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
**
** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit.  The
** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should
** be invoked prior to calling this routine.  The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne()
** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter.  All this
** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the
** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
** drop locks.
**
** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  btreeIntegrity(p);

  /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees 
  ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
  */
  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    int rc;
................................................................................
    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
      return rc;
    }
    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
  }


  /* If the handle has any kind of transaction open, decrement the transaction
  ** count of the shared btree. If the transaction count reaches 0, set
  ** the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() call below
  ** will unlock the pager.
  */
  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
    clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
    pBt->nTransaction--;
    if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
      pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
    }
  }

  /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock
  ** the pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.
  */
  btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);

  btreeIntegrity(p);
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  MemPage *pPage1;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occurred whilst
    ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as
    ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then 
    ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so
................................................................................
    ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort 
    ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save.
    */
    sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc);
  }
#endif
  btreeIntegrity(p);


  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    int rc2;

    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
    rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
      releasePage(pPage1);
    }
    assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
  }

  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
    clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
    pBt->nTransaction--;
    if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
      pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
    }
  }

................................................................................
** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back
** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  assert( pBt->readOnly==0 );
  assert( iStatement>0 );
  assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint );
  if( NEVER(p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pBt->readOnly) ){
    rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
  }else{
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
    assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
    assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = newDatabase(pBt);
    }
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  }
  return rc;
................................................................................
  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,                   /* First arg to xCompare() */
  BtCursor *pCur                              /* Write new cursor here */
){
  int rc;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
  Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
  if( pBtree ){
    int i;
    BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);

    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
    if( pCur->pPrev ){
      pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
    }else{
      pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
    }
    if( pCur->pNext ){
................................................................................
** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
  int rc;
 
  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );

  /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
  if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && pCur->atLast ){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point 
    ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
    int ii;
    for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
      assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell );
    }
    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 );
    assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf );
#endif
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
      *pRes = 1;
    }else{
      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
      *pRes = 0;
      rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);

      pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key 
................................................................................
    }
    if( biasRight ){
      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)upr;
    }else{
      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((upr+lwr)/2);
    }
    for(;;){


      int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; /* Index of current cell in pPage */
      u8 *pCell;                          /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */

      pCur->info.nSize = 0;
      pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
      if( pPage->intKey ){
        i64 nCellKey;

        if( pPage->hasData ){
          u32 dummy;
          pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy);
        }
        getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
        if( nCellKey==intKey ){
          c = 0;
        }else if( nCellKey<intKey ){
          c = -1;
        }else{
          assert( nCellKey>intKey );
          c = +1;
        }
        pCur->validNKey = 1;
        pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
      }else{


        /* The maximum supported page-size is 32768 bytes. This means that
        ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
        ** page is at most 8198 bytes, which may be stored as a 2-byte
        ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing 
        ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is 
        ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first 
        ** 2 bytes of the cell.
        */
        int nCell = pCell[0];
        if( !(nCell & 0x80) && nCell<=pPage->maxLocal ){
          /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
          ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
          ** b-tree page.  */
          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
        }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) 
          && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
        ){
          /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record 
          ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page.  */
          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
        }else{
          /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
          ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
          ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
          ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
          void *pCellKey;
          u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
          sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info);
          nCell = pCur->info.nKey;
          pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell );
          if( pCellKey==0 ){
            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
            goto moveto_finish;
          }
          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0, 0);
          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
          if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
        }
      }
      if( c==0 ){

        if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
          lwr = idx;
          upr = lwr - 1;
          break;
        }else{
          *pRes = 0;
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
      }
      if( c<0 ){
        lwr = idx+1;
      }else{
        upr = idx-1;
      }
      if( lwr>upr ){

        break;
      }
      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((lwr+upr)/2);
    }
    assert( lwr==upr+1 );
    assert( pPage->isInit );
    if( pPage->leaf ){
................................................................................
  const void *pKey,   /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
  i64 nKey,           /* Integer key for tables.  Size of pKey for indices */
  int bias,           /* Bias search to the high end */
  int *pRes           /* Write search results here */
){
  int rc;                    /* Status code */
  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;   /* Unpacked index key */
  char aSpace[150];          /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */


  if( pKey ){
    assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey,
                                      aSpace, sizeof(aSpace));
    if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
................................................................................
  assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
  nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
  assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
  while( nOvfl-- ){
    Pgno iNext = 0;
    MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
    if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){
      /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an 
      ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the 
      ** file the database must be corrupt. */
      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    if( nOvfl ){
      rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
      if( rc ) return rc;
    }
    rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
................................................................................
    if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
      /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
      ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
      */
      CellInfo info;
      sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
      assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
      if( info.iOverflow ){
        Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
        rc = ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno);
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
      }
    }
#endif
  }
................................................................................
static void assemblePage(
  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
  u16 *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
){
  int i;            /* Loop counter */
  u8 *pCellptr;     /* Address of next cell pointer */
  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;             /* Pointer to data for pPage */
  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;           /* Offset of header on pPage */
  const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */

  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 );
  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );

  /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */
  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
  assert( get2byte(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable );

  pCellptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + nCell*2];
  cellbody = nUsable;
  for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){
    pCellptr -= 2;
    cellbody -= aSize[i];
    put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody);
    memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], aSize[i]);
  }
  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody);
  pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody);







  pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell;
}

/*
** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
................................................................................
  apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); 
  if( apCell==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto balance_cleanup;
  }
  szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
  aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aCopy[0]) );
  for(i=1; i<NB; i++){
    aCopy[i] = &aCopy[i-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
    assert( ((aCopy[i] - (u8*)0) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
  }
  aSpace1 = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );
  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
    aFrom = &aSpace1[pBt->pageSize];
  }
  aSpace2 = sqlite3PageMalloc(pBt->pageSize);
  if( aSpace2==0 ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto balance_cleanup;
................................................................................
** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
** is left pointing at a random location.
**
** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
** sqlite3BtreeMoveto() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than 
** (pKey, nKey)). 
**
** If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may point to any 
** entry or to no entry at all. In this case this function has to seek
** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
  const void *pData, int nData,  /* The data of the new record */
  int nZero,                     /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
  int appendBias,                /* True if this is likely an append */
  int seekResult                 /* Result of prior sqlite3BtreeMoveto() call */
){
  int rc;
  int loc = seekResult;
  int szNew;
  int idx;
  MemPage *pPage;
  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  unsigned char *oldCell;
  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
................................................................................
    assert( rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
    return rc;
  }
  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
    return pCur->skip;
  }

  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table.

  **
  ** In some cases, the call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
  ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
  ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the 
  ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the 
  ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case sqlite3BtreeMoveto() recognizes
  ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
  ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
  ** not to clear the cursor here.
  */
  if(
    SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur)) || (!loc &&
    SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc))
  )){
    return rc;
  }

  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
................................................................................
    idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
    pCur->validNKey = 0;
  }else{
    assert( pPage->leaf );
  }
  rc = insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0);
  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );

  /* If no error has occured, call balance() to deal with any overflow and
  ** move the cursor to point at the root of the table (since balance may
  ** have rearranged the table in such a way as to invalidate BtCursor.apPage[]
  ** or BtCursor.aiIdx[]).
  **
  ** Except, if all of the following are true, do nothing:
  **
  **   * Inserting the new cell did not cause overflow,
  **
  **   * Before inserting the new cell the cursor was pointing at the 
  **     largest key in an intkey B-Tree, and
  **
  **   * The key value associated with the new cell is now the largest 
  **     in the B-Tree.
  **
  ** In this case the cursor can be safely left pointing at the (new) 
  ** largest key value in the B-Tree. Doing so speeds up inserting a set
  ** of entries with increasing integer key values via a single cursor
  ** (comes up with "INSERT INTO ... SELECT ..." statements), as 
  ** the next insert operation is not required to seek the cursor.
  */
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK 
   && (pPage->nOverflow || !pCur->atLast || loc>=0 || !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey)
  ){
    rc = balance(pCur, 1);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      moveToRoot(pCur);
    }
  }
  
  /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
  ** fails.  Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. */
  pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;




end_insert:
  return rc;
}

/*
** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
** is left pointing at a arbitrary location.
................................................................................
        */
        VVA_ONLY( Pgno leafPgno = pLeafPage->pgno );
        rc = saveCursorPosition(&leafCur);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, &notUsed);
        }
        pLeafPage = leafCur.apPage[leafCur.iPage];
        assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pLeafPage->pgno==leafPgno );
        assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || leafCur.aiIdx[leafCur.iPage]==0 );
      }

      if( SQLITE_OK==rc
       && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeafPage->pDbPage)) 
      ){
        dropCell(pLeafPage, 0, szNext);
        VVA_ONLY( leafCur.pagesShuffled = 0 );
................................................................................
  sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
  int rc;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
................................................................................
** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
** entries in the table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  if( (rc = checkForReadConflicts(p, iTable, 0, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
    /* nothing to do */
  }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, iTable, 0)) ){
    /* nothing to do */
  }else{
    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
................................................................................
    releasePage(pPage);
  }
  return rc;  
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
  int rc;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}


/*
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
  DbPage *pDbPage = 0;
  int rc;
  unsigned char *pP1;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);


  /* Reading a meta-data value requires a read-lock on page 1 (and hence
  ** the sqlite_master table. We grab this lock regardless of whether or
  ** not the SQLITE_ReadUncommitted flag is set (the table rooted at page
  ** 1 is treated as a special case by querySharedCacheTableLock()
  ** and setSharedCacheTableLock()).
  */
................................................................................
  /* If autovacuumed is disabled in this build but we are trying to 
  ** access an autovacuumed database, then make the database readonly. 
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
#endif

  /* If there is currently an open transaction, grab a read-lock 
  ** on page 1 of the database file. This is done to make sure that
  ** no other connection can modify the meta value just read from
  ** the database until the transaction is concluded.
  */
  if( p->inTrans>0 ){
    rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, 1, READ_LOCK);
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
** read-only and may not be written.
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  unsigned char *pP1;
  int rc;
  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
  pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
................................................................................
){
  int rc;
  u8 ePtrmapType;
  Pgno iPtrmapParent;

  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
    return;
  }

  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
................................................................................
  /* Check that the page exists
  */
  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
  if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
    return 0;
  }
  if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
    assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );  /* The only possible error from InitPage */
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
................................................................................
  Pgno i;
  int nRef;
  IntegrityCk sCheck;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  char zErr[100];

  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
  if( lockBtreeWithRetry(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){
    *pnErr = 1;
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
    return sqlite3DbStrDup(0, "cannot acquire a read lock on the database");
  }
  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
................................................................................
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
** name sqlite_value
**
** $Id: vdbemem.c,v 1.144 2009/05/05 12:54:50 drh Exp $
*/

/*
** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
** P if required.
*/
#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
................................................................................
  const int nByte = 32;

  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );


  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
................................................................................
/*
** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet) ){
    if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
      assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
    }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
      assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
      p->xDel((void *)p->z);
      p->xDel = 0;
    }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
      sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
................................................................................
** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
**
** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
  int flags;
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
  flags = pMem->flags;
  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
    return pMem->u.i;
  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
    return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    i64 value;
................................................................................
** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
    return pMem->r;
  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
    return (double)pMem->u.i;
  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
    double val = (double)0;
................................................................................
** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
** MEM_Int if we can.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );

  pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
  if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i ){
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }
}

/*
** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );

  pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
** Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );

  pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
................................................................................
  }
  op = pExpr->op;

  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
    zVal = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
    if( !zVal || !pVal ) goto no_mem;

    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
    }else{
      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
    }
    if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
      sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
    }
  }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){
      pVal->u.i = -1 * pVal->u.i;
      /* (double)-1 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
      pVal->r = (double)-1 * pVal->r;
    }
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)  Prior
** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
**
** $Id: vdbeaux.c,v 1.456 2009/05/05 15:46:43 drh Exp $
*/



/*
** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
** set the sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
................................................................................

/*
** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
**
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
  int mask;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<sizeof(u32)*8 );
  assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
  mask = ((u32)1)<<i;
  if( (p->btreeMask & mask)==0 ){
    p->btreeMask |= mask;
    sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(&p->aMutex, p->db->aDb[i].pBt);
  }
}


................................................................................
static void allocSpace(
  char *pp,            /* IN/OUT: Set *pp to point to allocated buffer */
  int nByte,           /* Number of bytes to allocate */
  u8 **ppFrom,         /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */
  u8 *pEnd,            /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */
  int *pnByte          /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */
){
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) );
  if( (*(void**)pp)==0 ){
    nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
    if( (pEnd - *ppFrom)>=nByte ){
      *(void**)pp = (void *)*ppFrom;
      *ppFrom += nByte;
    }else{
      *pnByte += nByte;
................................................................................
    u8 *zEnd = (u8 *)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc];
    int nByte;
    int nArg;       /* Maximum number of args passed to a user function. */
    resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
    if( isExplain && nMem<10 ){
      nMem = 10;
    }
    zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
    assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );
    if( zEnd<zCsr ) zEnd = zCsr;

    do {
      memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
      nByte = 0;
      allocSpace((char*)&p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
      allocSpace((char*)&p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
      allocSpace((char*)&p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
................................................................................
    }
    db->nStatement--;
    p->iStatement = 0;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure
** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it
** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring
** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required.
**
** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
** sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle 
** associated with the VM. Of course only a subset of these structures
** will be accessed by the VM, and we could use Vdbe.btreeMask to figure
** that subset out, but there is no advantage to doing so.
**
** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
** function is a no-op.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(Vdbe *p){
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
  sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
#else
  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(p->db);
#endif
}
#endif

/*
** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
**
** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.  It is harmless to
................................................................................
  /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */
  if( p->pc>=0 ){
    int mrc;   /* Primary error code from p->rc */
    int eStatementOp = 0;
    int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if a 'special' error */

    /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
    sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p);

    /* Check for one of the special errors */
    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
    isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
                     || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
    if( isSpecialError ){
      /* If the query was read-only, we need do no rollback at all. Otherwise,
................................................................................
** are always destroyed.  To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
** routine with mask==0.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
    struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
    if( (i>31 || !(mask&(((u32)1)<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
      if( pAux->xDelete ){
        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
      }
      pAux->pAux = 0;
    }
  }
}
................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
#endif
    assert( p->isTable );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    p->lastRowid = keyToInt(p->movetoTarget);
    p->rowidIsValid = ALWAYS(res==0) ?1:0;
    if( NEVER(res<0) ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res);
      if( rc ) return rc;
    }
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
................................................................................
** The returned structure should be closed by a call to
** sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord().
*/ 
SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,     /* Information about the record format */
  int nKey,              /* Size of the binary record */
  const void *pKey,      /* The binary record */
  char *pSpace,          /* Unaligned space available to hold the object */
  int szSpace            /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
){
  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
  UnpackedRecord *p;  /* The unpacked record that we will return */
  int nByte;          /* Memory space needed to hold p, in bytes */
  int d;
  u32 idx;
  u16 u;              /* Unsigned loop counter */
  u32 szHdr;
  Mem *pMem;
  int nOff;           /* Increase pSpace by this much to 8-byte align it */
  

  /*
  ** We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned.
  ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift 
  ** it by.  If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero.
  */
  nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7;
  pSpace += nOff;
  szSpace -= nOff;
  nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1);
  if( nByte>szSpace ){
    p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
    if( p==0 ) return 0;
    p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_FREE | UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
  }else{
    p = (UnpackedRecord*)pSpace;
    p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
  }
  p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
  p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
  p->aMem = pMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))];
  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
  d = szHdr;
  u = 0;
  while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField ){
    u32 serial_type;

    idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
................................................................................
                           i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
    if( rc!=0 ){
      break;
    }
    i++;
  }
  if( mem1.zMalloc ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1);

  /* If the PREFIX_SEARCH flag is set and all fields except the final
  ** rowid field were equal, then clear the PREFIX_SEARCH flag and set 
  ** pPKey2->rowid to the value of the rowid field in (pKey1, nKey1).
  ** This is used by the OP_IsUnique opcode.
  */
  if( (pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) && i==(pPKey2->nField-1) ){
    assert( idx1==szHdr1 && rc );
    assert( mem1.flags & MEM_Int );
    pPKey2->flags &= ~UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
    pPKey2->rowid = mem1.u.i;
  }

  if( rc==0 ){
    /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
    ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY
    ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger.
    ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes
    ** are considered to be equal.  Otherwise, the longer key is the 
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
** VDBE.
**
** $Id: vdbeapi.c,v 1.164 2009/04/27 18:46:06 drh Exp $
*/

#if 0 && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT)
/*
** The following structure contains pointers to the end points of a
** doubly-linked list of all compiled SQL statements that may be holding
** buffers eligible for release when the sqlite3_release_memory() interface is
................................................................................
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
  pCtx->isError = errCode;
  if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
  }
}

/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, 
................................................................................
  /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */
  db = p->db;
  if( db->mallocFailed ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
    if( ALWAYS(p->rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
      p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
    }
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
    goto end_of_step;
  }
  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
    p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
................................................................................
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
    while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
           && cnt++ < 5
           && (rc = vdbeReprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){
      sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
      v->expired = 0;
    }
    if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && ALWAYS(v->isPrepareV2) && ALWAYS(db->pErr) ){
      /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
      ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
      ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
      ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
      ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is 
      ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
      ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
................................................................................
  sqlite3_context *context,  /* The function calling context */
  int NotUsed,               /* Number of arguments to the function */
  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2   /* Value of each argument */
){
  const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
  char *zErr;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
  sqlite3_free(zErr);
}

/*
** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
................................................................................
  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
    vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt);
    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
  }else{
    /* ((double)0) In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
    static const Mem nullMem = {{0}, (double)0, 0, "", 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0, 0, 0 };
    if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
    }
    pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem;
  }
  return pOut;
}
................................................................................
  int N,
  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
  int useType
){
  const void *ret = 0;
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  int n;
  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
  

  assert( db!=0 );
  n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
  if( N<n && N>=0 ){
    N += useType*n;
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
    ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);

     /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
    ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
    */
    if( db->mallocFailed ){
      db->mallocFailed = 0;
      ret = 0;
    }
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);

  }
  return ret;
}

/*
** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
** statement pStmt.
................................................................................
  void (*xDel)(void*)
){
  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
  int rc;
  switch( pValue->type ){
    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
      rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
      rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r);
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_BLOB: {

      if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
        rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
      }

      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
      rc = bindText(pStmt,i,  pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
                              pValue->enc);
      break;
    }
    default: {
      rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
      break;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
  int rc;
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
/*
** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names
** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already
** exist.
*/
static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){
  if( !p->okVar ){


    int j;
    Op *pOp;
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
    /* The race condition here is harmless.  If two threads call this
    ** routine on the same Vdbe at the same time, they both might end
    ** up initializing the Vdbe.azVar[] array.  That is a little extra
    ** work but it results in the same answer.
    */
    for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; j<p->nOp; j++, pOp++){
      if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){
        assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
        p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p4.z;
      }
    }
    p->okVar = 1;

    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
  }
}

/*
** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
................................................................................
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.


*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
  int i;


  assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );





  assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar );
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
  for(i=0; i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
**
** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
** database connections.  But as this is a deprecated interface, we
** will not bother to check for that condition.
**
** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
** SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
  if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
    return SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
}
#endif

/*
** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
** in the argument belongs.  This is the same database handle that was
................................................................................
**
** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
**
** $Id: vdbe.c,v 1.841 2009/05/04 11:42:30 danielk1977 Exp $
*/

/*
** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
................................................................................
    fprintf(out, " NULL");
  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
    fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
    fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
    fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r);
  }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
    fprintf(out, " (rowset)");
  }else{
    char zBuf[200];
    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
    fprintf(out, " ");
    fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf);
  }
}
................................................................................
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  u64 start;                 /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
  int origPc;                /* Program counter at start of opcode */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
  int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
#endif

  /* Temporary space into which to unpack a record. */
  char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];

  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );  /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
  sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p);
  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
    goto no_mem;
  }
  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
................................................................................
** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index 
** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
case OP_Count: {         /* out2-prerelease */
  i64 nEntry;
  BtCursor *pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;
  if( pCrsr ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry);
  }else{
    nEntry = 0;
  }
  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
  pOut->u.i = nEntry;
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: Statement P1 * * * *
................................................................................
        /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
        ** "transaction savepoint". */
        if( db->autoCommit ){
          db->autoCommit = 0;
          db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
        }else{
          db->nSavepoint++;
        }
    
        /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
        pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
        db->pSavepoint = pNew;
      }
    }
  }else{
................................................................................
    if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
** Cursor P1 is open on an index.  So it has no data and its key consists 
** of a record generated by OP_MakeRecord where the last field is the 
** rowid of the entry that the index refers to.
**
** The P3 register contains an integer record number. Call this record 
** number R. Register P4 is the first in a set of N contiguous registers
** that make up an unpacked index key that can be used with cursor P1.
** The value of N can be inferred from the cursor. N includes the rowid
** value appended to the end of the index record. This rowid value may
** or may not be the same as R.
**
** If any of the N registers beginning with register P4 contains a NULL
** value, jump immediately to P2.
**
** Otherwise, this instruction checks if cursor P1 contains an entry
** where the first (N-1) fields match but the rowid value at the end
** of the index entry is not R. If there is no such entry, control jumps
** to instruction P2. Otherwise, the rowid of the conflicting index
** entry is copied to register P3 and control falls through to the next
** instruction.
**
** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
*/
case OP_IsUnique: {        /* jump, in3 */
  int ii;
  VdbeCursor *pCx;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int nField;
  Mem *aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p4.i];

  /* Assert that the values of parameters P1 and P4 are in range. */

  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
  assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );



  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );





















  /* Find the index cursor. */
  pCx = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
  pCx->seekResult = 0;
  pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;




  pCrsr = pCx->pCursor;




  /* If any of the values are NULL, take the jump. */
  nField = pCx->pKeyInfo->nField;
  for(ii=0; ii<nField; ii++){
    if( aMem[ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;

      pCrsr = 0;
      break;
    }
  }






  assert( (aMem[nField].flags & MEM_Null)==0 );

  if( pCrsr!=0 ){
    UnpackedRecord r;                  /* B-Tree index search key */
    i64 R;                             /* Rowid stored in register P3 */









    /* Populate the index search key. */
    r.pKeyInfo = pCx->pKeyInfo;
    r.nField = nField + 1;
    r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
    r.aMem = aMem;


    /* Extract the value of R from register P3. */
    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
    R = pIn3->u.i;

    /* Search the B-Tree index. If no conflicting record is found, jump
    ** to P2. Otherwise, copy the rowid of the conflicting record to
    ** register P3 and fall through to the next instruction.  */
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, &r, 0, 0, &pCx->seekResult);
    if( (r.flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) || r.rowid==R ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;

    }else{
      pIn3->u.i = r.rowid;
    }







  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Use the content of register P3 as a integer key.  If a record 
................................................................................
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
    int res = 0;
    u64 iKey;
    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
    assert( p->apCsr[i]->isTable );
    iKey = intToKey(pIn3->u.i);
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res);
    pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
    pC->rowidIsValid = res==0 ?1:0;
    pC->nullRow = 0;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    if( res!=0 ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
    }
    pC->seekResult = res;
  }else if( !pC->pseudoTable ){
    /* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the 
    ** sqlite_master table returns SQLITE_EMPTY.
    */
    assert( pC->isTable );
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
    pC->seekResult = 0;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
**
** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
................................................................................
      memcpy(pC->pData, pData->z, pC->nData);
      pC->pData[pC->nData] = 0;
      pC->pData[pC->nData+1] = 0;
    }
    pC->nullRow = 0;
  }else{
    int nZero;
    int seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0);
    if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
      nZero = pData->u.nZero;
    }else{
      nZero = 0;
    }
    sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(pC->pCursor, 0);
    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey,
                            pData->z, pData->n, nZero,
                            pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND, seekResult
    );
  }
  
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;

  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
................................................................................
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
**
** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
** P1 is currently point to.
**
** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table.  There used to
** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
** one opcode now works for both table types.
*/
case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2-prerelease */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  i64 v;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( pC->nullRow ){
    /* Do nothing so that reg[P2] remains NULL */
    break;
  }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){
    v = pC->movetoTarget;
  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
    v = keyToInt(pC->iKey);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  }else if( pC->pVtabCursor ){
    sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
    const sqlite3_module *pModule;
    pVtab = pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
    pModule = pVtab->pModule;
    assert( pModule->xRowid );
    if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    rc = pModule->xRowid(pC->pVtabCursor, &v);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
    p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
    pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
    if( pC->rowidIsValid ){
      v = pC->lastRowid;





    }else{
      assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
      sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
      v = keyToInt(v);
    }
  }
  pOut->u.i = v;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
................................................................................
    sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
  }
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
**
** Register P2 holds a SQL index key made using the
** MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
**
** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
** insert is likely to be an append.
................................................................................
  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
    assert( pC->isTable==0 );
    rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      int nKey = pIn